]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/xterm.c
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--unicode--0--patch-74
[gnu-emacs] / src / xterm.c
1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000,01,02,03,04
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
24
25 #include <config.h>
26
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
29 #include <signal.h>
30
31 #include <stdio.h>
32
33 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
34
35 #include "lisp.h"
36 #include "blockinput.h"
37
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
41
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
44 #include "xterm.h"
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
46
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
49 #ifndef makedev
50 #include <sys/types.h>
51 #endif /* makedev */
52
53 #ifdef BSD_SYSTEM
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
56
57 #include "systty.h"
58 #include "systime.h"
59
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
61 #include <fcntl.h>
62 #endif
63 #include <ctype.h>
64 #include <errno.h>
65 #include <setjmp.h>
66 #include <sys/stat.h>
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
69
70 #include "charset.h"
71 #include "character.h"
72 #include "coding.h"
73 #include "ccl.h"
74 #include "frame.h"
75 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "fontset.h"
77 #include "termhooks.h"
78 #include "termopts.h"
79 #include "termchar.h"
80 #include "gnu.h"
81 #include "disptab.h"
82 #include "buffer.h"
83 #include "window.h"
84 #include "keyboard.h"
85 #include "intervals.h"
86 #include "process.h"
87 #include "atimer.h"
88 #include "keymap.h"
89
90 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
91 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #endif
93
94 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
95 #include <sys/time.h>
96 #endif
97 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
98 #include <unistd.h>
99 #endif
100
101 #ifdef USE_GTK
102 #include "gtkutil.h"
103 #endif
104
105 #ifdef USE_LUCID
106 extern int xlwmenu_window_p P_ ((Widget w, Window window));
107 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay P_ ((Widget));
108 #endif
109
110 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111
112 extern void free_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *));
113 extern struct frame *x_menubar_window_to_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *,
114 int));
115 #endif
116
117 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
118 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 #define HACK_EDITRES
120 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
121 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122
123 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124
125 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
126 #if defined USE_MOTIF
127 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
128 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
129 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
130
131 #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
134 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
135 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
136 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
137 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
139 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
140 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
141 #ifndef XtNpickTop
142 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
143 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
144 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
145 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
146
147 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
148
149 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
150 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
151 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
152 #endif
153
154 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
155 #include "widget.h"
156 #ifndef XtNinitialState
157 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #endif
159 #endif
160
161 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
162
163 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 #ifdef USE_XIM
165 int use_xim = 1;
166 #else
167 int use_xim = 0; /* configure --without-xim */
168 #endif
169
170 \f
171
172 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
173
174 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars;
175
176 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
177 start. */
178
179 static int any_help_event_p;
180
181 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
182 static Lisp_Object last_window;
183
184 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
185
186 int x_use_underline_position_properties;
187
188 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 use. */
190
191 struct x_display_info *x_display_list;
192
193 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
194 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
195 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
196 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
197
198 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list;
199
200 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
201 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
202 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
203 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
204
205 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
206
207 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
208
209 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
210
211 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
212 /* The application context for Xt use. */
213 XtAppContext Xt_app_con;
214 static String Xt_default_resources[] = {0};
215 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
216
217 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
218
219 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction;
220
221 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
222 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
223
224 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position;
225
226 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
227 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
228 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
229
230 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout;
231
232 /* Mouse movement.
233
234 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
235 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
236 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
237 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
238
239 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
240
241 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
242 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
243 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
244 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
245 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
246 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
247 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
248 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
249 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
250 is off. */
251
252 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
253
254 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
256
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
258
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
261 an ordinary motion.
262
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
265 event. */
266
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
268
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
275
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
277
278 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
279 events. */
280
281 #ifdef __STDC__
282 static int volatile input_signal_count;
283 #else
284 static int input_signal_count;
285 #endif
286
287 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
288
289 static int x_noop_count;
290
291 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
292
293 extern char **initial_argv;
294 extern int initial_argc;
295
296 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
297
298 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
299
300 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager;
301
302 extern Lisp_Object Qeql;
303
304 extern int errno;
305
306 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
307
308 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers;
309
310 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
311
312 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym, Vx_super_keysym;
313 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table;
314 static Lisp_Object Qalt, Qhyper, Qmeta, Qsuper, Qmodifier_value;
315
316 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
317 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1;
318
319 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources P_ ((Display *, char *, char *, char *));
320 extern int x_bitmap_mask P_ ((FRAME_PTR, int));
321
322 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 P_ ((Display *, Colormap, XColor *));
323 static void x_set_window_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
324 static const XColor *x_color_cells P_ ((Display *, int *));
325 static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
326 void x_delete_display P_ ((struct x_display_info *));
327 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers P_ ((struct x_display_info *,
328 unsigned));
329 static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *));
330 int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *));
331 void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int));
332 void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
333 void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
334 int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *));
335 void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
336 void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
337 void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
338 void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
339 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
340 void x_initialize P_ ((void));
341 static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
342 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
343 static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
347 static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
348 static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
349 static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
350 static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *));
351 static void x_focus_changed P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info *,
352 struct frame *, struct input_event *));
353 static void x_detect_focus_change P_ ((struct x_display_info *,
354 XEvent *, struct input_event *));
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *));
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds));
360
361 static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int, GC));
362 static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f));
363 static void x_update_begin P_ ((struct frame *));
364 static void x_update_window_begin P_ ((struct window *));
365 static void x_after_update_window_line P_ ((struct glyph_row *));
366 static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar P_ ((Display *, Window));
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion P_ ((struct frame **, Lisp_Object *,
368 enum scroll_bar_part *,
369 Lisp_Object *, Lisp_Object *,
370 unsigned long *));
371 static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *));
372 static void x_check_expected_move P_ ((struct frame *));
373 static int handle_one_xevent P_ ((struct x_display_info *, XEvent *,
374 int *, struct input_event *));
375
376
377 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
378
379 static void
380 x_flush (f)
381 struct frame *f;
382 {
383 BLOCK_INPUT;
384 if (f == NULL)
385 {
386 Lisp_Object rest, frame;
387 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
388 x_flush (XFRAME (frame));
389 }
390 else if (FRAME_X_P (f))
391 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
392 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
393 }
394
395
396 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
397 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
398 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
399 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
400 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
401 performance. */
402
403 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
404
405 \f
406 /***********************************************************************
407 Debugging
408 ***********************************************************************/
409
410 #if 0
411
412 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
413 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
414
415 struct record
416 {
417 char *locus;
418 int type;
419 };
420
421 struct record event_record[100];
422
423 int event_record_index;
424
425 record_event (locus, type)
426 char *locus;
427 int type;
428 {
429 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
430 event_record_index = 0;
431
432 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
433 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
434 event_record_index++;
435 }
436
437 #endif /* 0 */
438
439
440 \f
441 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
442
443 struct x_display_info *
444 x_display_info_for_display (dpy)
445 Display *dpy;
446 {
447 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
448
449 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
450 if (dpyinfo->display == dpy)
451 return dpyinfo;
452
453 return 0;
454 }
455
456
457 \f
458 /***********************************************************************
459 Starting and ending an update
460 ***********************************************************************/
461
462 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
463 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
464 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
465 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
466 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
467
468 static void
469 x_update_begin (f)
470 struct frame *f;
471 {
472 /* Nothing to do. */
473 }
474
475
476 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
477 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 position of W. */
479
480 static void
481 x_update_window_begin (w)
482 struct window *w;
483 {
484 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
485 struct x_display_info *display_info = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
486
487 updated_window = w;
488 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
489
490 BLOCK_INPUT;
491
492 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
493 {
494 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
495 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
496
497 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
498 highlighting. */
499 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
500 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
501
502 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
503 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
504 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
505 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
506 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
507 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
508
509 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
510 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
511 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
512 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
513 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
514 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
515 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
516 {
517 int i;
518
519 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
520 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
521 break;
522
523 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
524 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
525 }
526 #endif /* 0 */
527 }
528
529 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
530 }
531
532
533 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
534
535 static void
536 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w, x, y0, y1)
537 struct window *w;
538 int x, y0, y1;
539 {
540 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
541
542 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
543 f->output_data.x->normal_gc, x, y0, x, y1);
544 }
545
546 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
547
548 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
549 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
550
551 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
552 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
553 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
554
555 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
556 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
557 here. */
558
559 static void
560 x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
561 struct window *w;
562 int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
563 {
564 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
565
566 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
567 {
568 BLOCK_INPUT;
569
570 if (cursor_on_p)
571 display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
572 output_cursor.vpos,
573 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
574
575 if (draw_window_fringes (w, 1))
576 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
577
578 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
579 }
580
581 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
582 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
583 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
584 {
585 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
586 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
587 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
588 }
589
590 updated_window = NULL;
591 }
592
593
594 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
595 update_end. */
596
597 static void
598 x_update_end (f)
599 struct frame *f;
600 {
601 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
602 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
603
604 #ifndef XFlush
605 BLOCK_INPUT;
606 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
607 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
608 #endif
609 }
610
611
612 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
613 complete update has been performed. The global variable
614 updated_window is not available here. */
615
616 static void
617 XTframe_up_to_date (f)
618 struct frame *f;
619 {
620 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
621 {
622 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
623
624 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
625 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
626 {
627 BLOCK_INPUT;
628 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
629 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
630 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
631 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
632 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
633 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
634 }
635 }
636 }
637
638
639 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
640 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
641 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
642 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
643 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
644 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
645
646 static void
647 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
648 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
649 {
650 struct window *w = updated_window;
651 struct frame *f;
652 int width, height;
653
654 xassert (w);
655
656 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
657 desired_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1;
658
659 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
660 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
661 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
662 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
663 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
664 overhead is very small. */
665 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
666 && desired_row->full_width_p
667 && (f = XFRAME (w->frame),
668 width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
669 width != 0)
670 && (height = desired_row->visible_height,
671 height > 0))
672 {
673 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
674
675 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
676 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
677 && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))
678 y -= width;
679
680 BLOCK_INPUT;
681 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
682 0, y, width, height, False);
683 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
684 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - width,
685 y, width, height, False);
686 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
687 }
688 }
689
690 static void
691 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, p)
692 struct window *w;
693 struct glyph_row *row;
694 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params *p;
695 {
696 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
697 Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
698 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
699 GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
700 struct face *face = p->face;
701 int rowY;
702
703 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
704 rowY = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
705 if (p->y < rowY)
706 {
707 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
708 visible last row. */
709 int oldY = row->y;
710 int oldVH = row->visible_height;
711 row->visible_height = p->h;
712 row->y -= rowY - p->y;
713 x_clip_to_row (w, row, -1, gc);
714 row->y = oldY;
715 row->visible_height = oldVH;
716 }
717 else
718 x_clip_to_row (w, row, -1, gc);
719
720 if (p->bx >= 0 && !p->overlay_p)
721 {
722 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
723 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
724 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
725 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
726 if (face->stipple)
727 XSetFillStyle (display, face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
728 else
729 XSetForeground (display, face->gc, face->background);
730
731 XFillRectangle (display, window, face->gc,
732 p->bx, p->by, p->nx, p->ny);
733
734 if (!face->stipple)
735 XSetForeground (display, face->gc, face->foreground);
736 }
737
738 if (p->which)
739 {
740 unsigned char *bits;
741 Pixmap pixmap, clipmask = (Pixmap) 0;
742 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f));
743 XGCValues gcv;
744
745 if (p->wd > 8)
746 bits = (unsigned char *)(p->bits + p->dh);
747 else
748 bits = (unsigned char *)p->bits + p->dh;
749
750 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
751 by the server. */
752 pixmap = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display, window, bits, p->wd, p->h,
753 (p->cursor_p
754 ? (p->overlay_p ? face->background
755 : f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel)
756 : face->foreground),
757 face->background, depth);
758
759 if (p->overlay_p)
760 {
761 clipmask = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display,
762 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window,
763 bits, p->wd, p->h,
764 1, 0, 1);
765 gcv.clip_mask = clipmask;
766 gcv.clip_x_origin = p->x;
767 gcv.clip_y_origin = p->y;
768 XChangeGC (display, gc, GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin, &gcv);
769 }
770
771 XCopyArea (display, pixmap, window, gc, 0, 0,
772 p->wd, p->h, p->x, p->y);
773 XFreePixmap (display, pixmap);
774
775 if (p->overlay_p)
776 {
777 gcv.clip_mask = (Pixmap) 0;
778 XChangeGC (display, gc, GCClipMask, &gcv);
779 XFreePixmap (display, clipmask);
780 }
781 }
782
783 XSetClipMask (display, gc, None);
784 }
785
786 \f
787
788 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
789 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
790 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
791 rarely happens). */
792
793 static void
794 XTset_terminal_modes ()
795 {
796 }
797
798 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
799 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
800
801 static void
802 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
803 {
804 }
805
806
807 \f
808 /***********************************************************************
809 Display Iterator
810 ***********************************************************************/
811
812 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
813
814 static int x_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *,
815 struct charset *, int *));
816
817
818 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
819 is not contained in the font. */
820
821 static XCharStruct *
822 x_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
823 XFontStruct *font;
824 XChar2b *char2b;
825 int font_type; /* unused on X */
826 {
827 /* The result metric information. */
828 XCharStruct *pcm = NULL;
829
830 xassert (font && char2b);
831
832 if (font->per_char != NULL)
833 {
834 if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0)
835 {
836 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
837 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
838 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
839 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
840 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
841 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
842 if (char2b->byte1 == 0
843 && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
844 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
845 pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2;
846 }
847 else
848 {
849 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
850 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
851 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
852 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
853
854 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
855 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
856
857 where:
858
859 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
860 / = integer division
861 \ = integer modulus */
862 if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1
863 && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1
864 && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
865 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
866 {
867 pcm = (font->per_char
868 + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)
869 * (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1))
870 + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2));
871 }
872 }
873 }
874 else
875 {
876 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
877 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
878 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
879 if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
880 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
881 pcm = &font->max_bounds;
882 }
883
884 return ((pcm == NULL
885 || (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0))
886 ? NULL : pcm);
887 }
888
889
890 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
891 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
892
893 static int
894 x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, charset, two_byte_p)
895 int c;
896 XChar2b *char2b;
897 struct font_info *font_info;
898 struct charset *charset;
899 int *two_byte_p;
900 {
901 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
902
903 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
904 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
905 fixed encoding. */
906 if (font_info->font_encoder)
907 {
908 /* It's a program. */
909 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
910
911 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
912 {
913 ccl->reg[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset);
914 ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2;
915 ccl->reg[2] = -1;
916 }
917 else
918 {
919 ccl->reg[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset);
920 ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1;
921 ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2;
922 }
923
924 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, Qnil);
925
926 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
927 program. */
928 if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */
929 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b, 0, ccl->reg[1]);
930 else
931 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b, ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]);
932 }
933 else if (font_info->encoding_type)
934 {
935 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
936 encoding numbers. */
937 unsigned char enc = font_info->encoding_type;
938
939 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
940 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
941 char2b->byte1 |= 0x80;
942
943 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3)
944 char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;
945 }
946
947 if (two_byte_p)
948 *two_byte_p = ((XFontStruct *) (font_info->font))->max_byte1 > 0;
949
950 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
951 }
952
953
954 \f
955 /***********************************************************************
956 Glyph display
957 ***********************************************************************/
958
959
960
961 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
962 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
963 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
964 int));
965 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
966 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
967 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
969 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
970 static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
971 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
972 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
973 static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap,
974 unsigned long *, double, int));
975 static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
976 double, int, unsigned long));
977 static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
978 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
979 static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
980 static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
981 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap));
982 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
983 int, int, int));
984 static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
985 int, int, int, int, int, int,
986 XRectangle *));
987 static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, XRectangle *));
989
990 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
991 static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
992 #endif
993
994
995 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
996 face. */
997
998 static void
999 x_set_cursor_gc (s)
1000 struct glyph_string *s;
1001 {
1002 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
1003 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
1004 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
1005 && !s->cmp)
1006 s->gc = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_gc;
1007 else
1008 {
1009 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1010 XGCValues xgcv;
1011 unsigned long mask;
1012
1013 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
1014 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
1015
1016 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1017 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
1018 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
1019 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
1020 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel;
1021 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
1022 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
1023
1024 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1025 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
1026 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
1027 {
1028 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
1029 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
1030 }
1031
1032 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
1033 xgcv.font = s->font->fid;
1034 xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
1035 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
1036
1037 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
1038 XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
1039 mask, &xgcv);
1040 else
1041 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
1042 = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
1043
1044 s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
1045 }
1046 }
1047
1048
1049 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1050
1051 static void
1052 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
1053 struct glyph_string *s;
1054 {
1055 int face_id;
1056 struct face *face;
1057
1058 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1059 face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
1060 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
1061 if (face == NULL)
1062 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID);
1063
1064 if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
1065 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch, -1, Qnil);
1066 else
1067 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0, -1, Qnil);
1068 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
1069 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
1070
1071 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1072 if (s->font == s->face->font)
1073 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1074 else
1075 {
1076 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1077 but font FONT. */
1078 XGCValues xgcv;
1079 unsigned long mask;
1080
1081 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
1082 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
1083 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
1084 xgcv.font = s->font->fid;
1085 xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
1086 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
1087
1088 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
1089 XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
1090 mask, &xgcv);
1091 else
1092 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
1093 = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
1094
1095 s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
1096 }
1097
1098 xassert (s->gc != 0);
1099 }
1100
1101
1102 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1103 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1104 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1105
1106 static INLINE void
1107 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
1108 struct glyph_string *s;
1109 {
1110 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1111 }
1112
1113
1114 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1115 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1116 pattern. */
1117
1118 static INLINE void
1119 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
1120 struct glyph_string *s;
1121 {
1122 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
1123
1124 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
1125 {
1126 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1127 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1128 }
1129 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
1130 {
1131 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
1132 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1133 }
1134 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
1135 {
1136 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
1137 s->stippled_p = 0;
1138 }
1139 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
1140 {
1141 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
1142 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1143 }
1144 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1145 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
1146 {
1147 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1148 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1149 }
1150 else
1151 {
1152 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1153 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1154 }
1155
1156 /* GC must have been set. */
1157 xassert (s->gc != 0);
1158 }
1159
1160
1161 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1162 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1163
1164 static INLINE void
1165 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
1166 struct glyph_string *s;
1167 {
1168 XRectangle r;
1169 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
1170 XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted);
1171 }
1172
1173
1174 /* RIF:
1175 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1176
1177 static void
1178 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
1179 struct glyph_string *s;
1180 {
1181 if (s->cmp == NULL
1182 && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
1183 {
1184 XCharStruct cs;
1185 int direction, font_ascent, font_descent;
1186 XTextExtents16 (s->font, s->char2b, s->nchars, &direction,
1187 &font_ascent, &font_descent, &cs);
1188 s->right_overhang = cs.rbearing > cs.width ? cs.rbearing - cs.width : 0;
1189 s->left_overhang = cs.lbearing < 0 ? -cs.lbearing : 0;
1190 }
1191 else if (s->cmp)
1192 {
1193 s->right_overhang = s->cmp->rbearing - s->cmp->pixel_width;
1194 s->left_overhang = - s->cmp->lbearing;
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198
1199 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1200
1201 static INLINE void
1202 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
1203 struct glyph_string *s;
1204 int x, y, w, h;
1205 {
1206 XGCValues xgcv;
1207 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv);
1208 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
1209 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
1210 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
1211 }
1212
1213
1214 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1215 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1216 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1217 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1218 contains the first component of a composition. */
1219
1220 static void
1221 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
1222 struct glyph_string *s;
1223 int force_p;
1224 {
1225 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1226 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1227 if (!s->background_filled_p)
1228 {
1229 int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
1230
1231 if (s->stippled_p)
1232 {
1233 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1234 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
1235 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
1236 s->y + box_line_width,
1237 s->background_width,
1238 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
1239 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
1240 s->background_filled_p = 1;
1241 }
1242 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width
1243 || s->font_not_found_p
1244 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1245 || force_p)
1246 {
1247 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width,
1248 s->background_width,
1249 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
1250 s->background_filled_p = 1;
1251 }
1252 }
1253 }
1254
1255
1256 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1257
1258 static void
1259 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
1260 struct glyph_string *s;
1261 {
1262 int i, x;
1263
1264 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1265 of S to the right of that box line. */
1266 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1267 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
1268 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
1269 else
1270 x = s->x;
1271
1272 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1273 loaded. */
1274 if (s->font_not_found_p)
1275 {
1276 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
1277 {
1278 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
1279 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window,
1280 s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
1281 s->height - 1);
1282 x += g->pixel_width;
1283 }
1284 }
1285 else
1286 {
1287 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
1288 int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;
1289
1290 if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
1291 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;
1292
1293 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1294 if (!s->two_byte_p)
1295 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
1296 char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2;
1297
1298 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1299 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1300 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1301 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1302 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 if (s->for_overlaps_p
1304 || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
1305 {
1306 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1307 if (s->two_byte_p)
1308 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x,
1309 s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
1310 else
1311 XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x,
1312 s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars);
1313 }
1314 else
1315 {
1316 if (s->two_byte_p)
1317 XDrawImageString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x,
1318 s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
1319 else
1320 XDrawImageString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x,
1321 s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars);
1322 }
1323
1324 if (s->face->overstrike)
1325 {
1326 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1327 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1328 if (s->two_byte_p)
1329 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x + 1,
1330 s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
1331 else
1332 XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x + 1,
1333 s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars);
1334 }
1335 }
1336 }
1337
1338 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1339
1340 static void
1341 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
1342 struct glyph_string *s;
1343 {
1344 int i, x;
1345
1346 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1347 of S to the right of that box line. */
1348 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1349 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
1350 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
1351 else
1352 x = s->x;
1353
1354 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1355 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1356 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1357 this composition. */
1358
1359 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1360 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1361 if (s->font_not_found_p)
1362 {
1363 if (s->gidx == 0)
1364 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y,
1365 s->width - 1, s->height - 1);
1366 }
1367 else
1368 {
1369 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
1370 {
1371 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
1372 x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
1373 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
1374 s->char2b + i, 1);
1375 if (s->face->overstrike)
1376 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
1377 x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2] + 1,
1378 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
1379 s->char2b + i, 1);
1380 }
1381 }
1382 }
1383
1384
1385 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1386
1387 static struct frame *x_frame_of_widget P_ ((Widget));
1388 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel P_ ((Display *, XrmValue *, Cardinal *,
1389 XrmValue *, XrmValue *, XtPointer *));
1390 static void cvt_pixel_dtor P_ ((XtAppContext, XrmValue *, XtPointer,
1391 XrmValue *, Cardinal *));
1392
1393
1394 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1395 cannot be determined. */
1396
1397 static struct frame *
1398 x_frame_of_widget (widget)
1399 Widget widget;
1400 {
1401 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
1402 Lisp_Object tail;
1403 struct frame *f;
1404
1405 dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget));
1406
1407 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1408 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1409 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1410 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1411 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget))
1412 widget = XtParent (widget);
1413
1414 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1415 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1416 for (tail = Vframe_list; GC_CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
1417 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail))
1418 && (f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail)),
1419 (f->output_data.nothing != 1
1420 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo))
1421 && f->output_data.x->widget == widget)
1422 return f;
1423
1424 abort ();
1425 }
1426
1427
1428 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1429 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1430 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1431 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1432
1433 int
1434 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget, cmap, color)
1435 Widget widget;
1436 Colormap cmap;
1437 XColor *color;
1438 {
1439 struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget);
1440 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color);
1441 }
1442
1443
1444 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1445 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1446 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1447 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1448 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1449 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1450
1451 int
1452 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta)
1453 Widget widget;
1454 Display *display;
1455 Colormap cmap;
1456 unsigned long *pixel;
1457 double factor;
1458 int delta;
1459 {
1460 struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget);
1461 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta);
1462 }
1463
1464
1465 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1466 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1467
1468 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args[] =
1469 {
1470 {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer) XtOffset (Widget, core.screen),
1471 sizeof (Screen *)},
1472 {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer) XtOffset (Widget, core.colormap),
1473 sizeof (Colormap)}
1474 };
1475
1476
1477 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1478 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1479
1480 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value;
1481
1482
1483 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1484
1485 DPY is the display we are working on.
1486
1487 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1488 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1489 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1490 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1491
1492 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1493 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1494
1495 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1496 we allocated the color or not.
1497
1498 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1499
1500 static Boolean
1501 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy, args, nargs, from, to, closure_ret)
1502 Display *dpy;
1503 XrmValue *args;
1504 Cardinal *nargs;
1505 XrmValue *from, *to;
1506 XtPointer *closure_ret;
1507 {
1508 Screen *screen;
1509 Colormap cmap;
1510 Pixel pixel;
1511 String color_name;
1512 XColor color;
1513
1514 if (*nargs != 2)
1515 {
1516 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy),
1517 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1518 "XtToolkitError",
1519 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL, NULL);
1520 return False;
1521 }
1522
1523 screen = *(Screen **) args[0].addr;
1524 cmap = *(Colormap *) args[1].addr;
1525 color_name = (String) from->addr;
1526
1527 if (strcmp (color_name, XtDefaultBackground) == 0)
1528 {
1529 *closure_ret = (XtPointer) False;
1530 pixel = WhitePixelOfScreen (screen);
1531 }
1532 else if (strcmp (color_name, XtDefaultForeground) == 0)
1533 {
1534 *closure_ret = (XtPointer) False;
1535 pixel = BlackPixelOfScreen (screen);
1536 }
1537 else if (XParseColor (dpy, cmap, color_name, &color)
1538 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy, cmap, &color))
1539 {
1540 pixel = color.pixel;
1541 *closure_ret = (XtPointer) True;
1542 }
1543 else
1544 {
1545 String params[1];
1546 Cardinal nparams = 1;
1547
1548 params[0] = color_name;
1549 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy),
1550 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1551 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1552 params, &nparams);
1553 return False;
1554 }
1555
1556 if (to->addr != NULL)
1557 {
1558 if (to->size < sizeof (Pixel))
1559 {
1560 to->size = sizeof (Pixel);
1561 return False;
1562 }
1563
1564 *(Pixel *) to->addr = pixel;
1565 }
1566 else
1567 {
1568 cvt_string_to_pixel_value = pixel;
1569 to->addr = (XtPointer) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value;
1570 }
1571
1572 to->size = sizeof (Pixel);
1573 return True;
1574 }
1575
1576
1577 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1578 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1579 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1580
1581 APP is the application context in which we work.
1582
1583 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1584 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1585 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1586
1587 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1588
1589 static void
1590 cvt_pixel_dtor (app, to, closure, args, nargs)
1591 XtAppContext app;
1592 XrmValuePtr to;
1593 XtPointer closure;
1594 XrmValuePtr args;
1595 Cardinal *nargs;
1596 {
1597 if (*nargs != 2)
1598 {
1599 XtAppWarningMsg (app, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "XtToolkitError",
1601 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1602 NULL, NULL);
1603 }
1604 else if (closure != NULL)
1605 {
1606 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1607 Screen *screen = *(Screen **) args[0].addr;
1608 Colormap cmap = *(Colormap *) args[1].addr;
1609 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen), screen, cmap,
1610 (Pixel *) to->addr, 1);
1611 }
1612 }
1613
1614
1615 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1616
1617
1618 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1619 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1620 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1621 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622
1623 static const XColor *
1624 x_color_cells (dpy, ncells)
1625 Display *dpy;
1626 int *ncells;
1627 {
1628 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy);
1629
1630 if (dpyinfo->color_cells == NULL)
1631 {
1632 Screen *screen = dpyinfo->screen;
1633 int i;
1634
1635 dpyinfo->ncolor_cells
1636 = XDisplayCells (dpy, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen));
1637 dpyinfo->color_cells
1638 = (XColor *) xmalloc (dpyinfo->ncolor_cells
1639 * sizeof *dpyinfo->color_cells);
1640
1641 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->ncolor_cells; ++i)
1642 dpyinfo->color_cells[i].pixel = i;
1643
1644 XQueryColors (dpy, dpyinfo->cmap,
1645 dpyinfo->color_cells, dpyinfo->ncolor_cells);
1646 }
1647
1648 *ncells = dpyinfo->ncolor_cells;
1649 return dpyinfo->color_cells;
1650 }
1651
1652
1653 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1654 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1655
1656 void
1657 x_query_colors (f, colors, ncolors)
1658 struct frame *f;
1659 XColor *colors;
1660 int ncolors;
1661 {
1662 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
1663
1664 if (dpyinfo->color_cells)
1665 {
1666 int i;
1667 for (i = 0; i < ncolors; ++i)
1668 {
1669 unsigned long pixel = colors[i].pixel;
1670 xassert (pixel < dpyinfo->ncolor_cells);
1671 xassert (dpyinfo->color_cells[pixel].pixel == pixel);
1672 colors[i] = dpyinfo->color_cells[pixel];
1673 }
1674 }
1675 else
1676 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), colors, ncolors);
1677 }
1678
1679
1680 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1681 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1682
1683 void
1684 x_query_color (f, color)
1685 struct frame *f;
1686 XColor *color;
1687 {
1688 x_query_colors (f, color, 1);
1689 }
1690
1691
1692 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1693 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1694 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1695 allocated. */
1696
1697 static int
1698 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy, cmap, color)
1699 Display *dpy;
1700 Colormap cmap;
1701 XColor *color;
1702 {
1703 int rc;
1704
1705 rc = XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, color);
1706 if (rc == 0)
1707 {
1708 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1709 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1710 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1711 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1712 int nearest, i;
1713 unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0;
1714 int ncells;
1715 const XColor *cells = x_color_cells (dpy, &ncells);
1716
1717 for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
1718 {
1719 long dred = (color->red >> 8) - (cells[i].red >> 8);
1720 long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8);
1721 long dblue = (color->blue >> 8) - (cells[i].blue >> 8);
1722 unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue;
1723
1724 if (delta < nearest_delta)
1725 {
1726 nearest = i;
1727 nearest_delta = delta;
1728 }
1729 }
1730
1731 color->red = cells[nearest].red;
1732 color->green = cells[nearest].green;
1733 color->blue = cells[nearest].blue;
1734 rc = XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, color);
1735 }
1736 else
1737 {
1738 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1739 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1740 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1741 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy);
1742 XColor *cached_color;
1743
1744 if (dpyinfo->color_cells
1745 && (cached_color = &dpyinfo->color_cells[color->pixel],
1746 (cached_color->red != color->red
1747 || cached_color->blue != color->blue
1748 || cached_color->green != color->green)))
1749 {
1750 xfree (dpyinfo->color_cells);
1751 dpyinfo->color_cells = NULL;
1752 dpyinfo->ncolor_cells = 0;
1753 }
1754 }
1755
1756 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1757 if (rc)
1758 register_color (color->pixel);
1759 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1760
1761 return rc;
1762 }
1763
1764
1765 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1766 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1767 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1768 allocated. */
1769
1770 int
1771 x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color)
1772 struct frame *f;
1773 Colormap cmap;
1774 XColor *color;
1775 {
1776 gamma_correct (f, color);
1777 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), cmap, color);
1778 }
1779
1780
1781 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1782 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1783 get color reference counts right. */
1784
1785 unsigned long
1786 x_copy_color (f, pixel)
1787 struct frame *f;
1788 unsigned long pixel;
1789 {
1790 XColor color;
1791
1792 color.pixel = pixel;
1793 BLOCK_INPUT;
1794 x_query_color (f, &color);
1795 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color);
1796 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1797 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1798 register_color (pixel);
1799 #endif
1800 return color.pixel;
1801 }
1802
1803
1804 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1805 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1806 get color reference counts right. */
1807
1808 unsigned long
1809 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy, cmap, pixel)
1810 Display *dpy;
1811 Colormap cmap;
1812 unsigned long pixel;
1813 {
1814 XColor color;
1815
1816 color.pixel = pixel;
1817 BLOCK_INPUT;
1818 XQueryColor (dpy, cmap, &color);
1819 XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, &color);
1820 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1821 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1822 register_color (pixel);
1823 #endif
1824 return color.pixel;
1825 }
1826
1827
1828 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1829 boosted.
1830
1831 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1832 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1833 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1834 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1835 use an additional additive factor.
1836
1837 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1838 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1839 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1840
1841
1842 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1843 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1844 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1845 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1846 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1847 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1848
1849 static int
1850 x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta)
1851 struct frame *f;
1852 Display *display;
1853 Colormap cmap;
1854 unsigned long *pixel;
1855 double factor;
1856 int delta;
1857 {
1858 XColor color, new;
1859 long bright;
1860 int success_p;
1861
1862 /* Get RGB color values. */
1863 color.pixel = *pixel;
1864 x_query_color (f, &color);
1865
1866 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1867 xassert (factor >= 0);
1868 new.red = min (0xffff, factor * color.red);
1869 new.green = min (0xffff, factor * color.green);
1870 new.blue = min (0xffff, factor * color.blue);
1871
1872 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1873 bright = (2 * color.red + 3 * color.green + color.blue) / 6;
1874
1875 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1876 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1877 if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT)
1878 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1879 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1880 {
1881 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1882 double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT;
1883 /* The additive adjustment. */
1884 int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2;
1885
1886 if (factor < 1)
1887 {
1888 new.red = max (0, new.red - min_delta);
1889 new.green = max (0, new.green - min_delta);
1890 new.blue = max (0, new.blue - min_delta);
1891 }
1892 else
1893 {
1894 new.red = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.red);
1895 new.green = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.green);
1896 new.blue = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.blue);
1897 }
1898 }
1899
1900 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1901 success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, &new);
1902 if (success_p)
1903 {
1904 if (new.pixel == *pixel)
1905 {
1906 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1907 delta to the RGB values. */
1908 x_free_colors (f, &new.pixel, 1);
1909
1910 new.red = min (0xffff, delta + color.red);
1911 new.green = min (0xffff, delta + color.green);
1912 new.blue = min (0xffff, delta + color.blue);
1913 success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, &new);
1914 }
1915 else
1916 success_p = 1;
1917 *pixel = new.pixel;
1918 }
1919
1920 return success_p;
1921 }
1922
1923
1924 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1925 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1926 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1927 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1928 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1929 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1930
1931 static void
1932 x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
1933 struct frame *f;
1934 struct relief *relief;
1935 double factor;
1936 int delta;
1937 unsigned long default_pixel;
1938 {
1939 XGCValues xgcv;
1940 struct x_output *di = f->output_data.x;
1941 unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCGraphicsExposures;
1942 unsigned long pixel;
1943 unsigned long background = di->relief_background;
1944 Colormap cmap = FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f);
1945 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
1946 Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
1947
1948 xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
1949 xgcv.line_width = 1;
1950
1951 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1952 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1953 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1954 if (relief->gc
1955 && relief->allocated_p)
1956 {
1957 x_free_colors (f, &relief->pixel, 1);
1958 relief->allocated_p = 0;
1959 }
1960
1961 /* Allocate new color. */
1962 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
1963 pixel = background;
1964 if (dpyinfo->n_planes != 1
1965 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f, dpy, cmap, &pixel, factor, delta))
1966 {
1967 relief->allocated_p = 1;
1968 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
1969 }
1970
1971 if (relief->gc == 0)
1972 {
1973 xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
1974 mask |= GCStipple;
1975 relief->gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
1976 }
1977 else
1978 XChangeGC (dpy, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
1979 }
1980
1981
1982 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1983
1984 static void
1985 x_setup_relief_colors (s)
1986 struct glyph_string *s;
1987 {
1988 struct x_output *di = s->f->output_data.x;
1989 unsigned long color;
1990
1991 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
1992 color = s->face->box_color;
1993 else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH
1994 && s->img->pixmap
1995 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0))
1996 color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0);
1997 else
1998 {
1999 XGCValues xgcv;
2000
2001 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2002 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv);
2003 color = xgcv.background;
2004 }
2005
2006 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
2007 || color != di->relief_background)
2008 {
2009 di->relief_background = color;
2010 x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
2011 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
2012 x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
2013 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
2014 }
2015 }
2016
2017
2018 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2019 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2020 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2021 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2022 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2023 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2024 when drawing. */
2025
2026 static void
2027 x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
2028 raised_p, top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
2029 struct frame *f;
2030 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width;
2031 int top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
2032 XRectangle *clip_rect;
2033 {
2034 Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
2035 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
2036 int i;
2037 GC gc;
2038
2039 if (raised_p)
2040 gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc;
2041 else
2042 gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc;
2043 XSetClipRectangles (dpy, gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
2044
2045 /* Top. */
2046 if (top_p)
2047 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
2048 XDrawLine (dpy, window, gc,
2049 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
2050 right_x + 1 - i * right_p, top_y + i);
2051
2052 /* Left. */
2053 if (left_p)
2054 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
2055 XDrawLine (dpy, window, gc,
2056 left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i + 1);
2057
2058 XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None);
2059 if (raised_p)
2060 gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc;
2061 else
2062 gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc;
2063 XSetClipRectangles (dpy, gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
2064
2065 /* Bottom. */
2066 if (bot_p)
2067 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
2068 XDrawLine (dpy, window, gc,
2069 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
2070 right_x + 1 - i * right_p, bottom_y - i);
2071
2072 /* Right. */
2073 if (right_p)
2074 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
2075 XDrawLine (dpy, window, gc,
2076 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i);
2077
2078 XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None);
2079 }
2080
2081
2082 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2083 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2084 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2085 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2086 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2087 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2088
2089 static void
2090 x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
2091 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
2092 struct glyph_string *s;
2093 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p;
2094 XRectangle *clip_rect;
2095 {
2096 XGCValues xgcv;
2097
2098 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
2099 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->box_color);
2100 XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
2101
2102 /* Top. */
2103 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2104 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
2105
2106 /* Left. */
2107 if (left_p)
2108 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2109 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
2110
2111 /* Bottom. */
2112 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2113 left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
2114
2115 /* Right. */
2116 if (right_p)
2117 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2118 right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
2119
2120 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2121 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
2122 }
2123
2124
2125 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2126
2127 static void
2128 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
2129 struct glyph_string *s;
2130 {
2131 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
2132 int left_p, right_p;
2133 struct glyph *last_glyph;
2134 XRectangle clip_rect;
2135
2136 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
2137 if (s->row->full_width_p
2138 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
2139 {
2140 last_x += WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s->w);
2141 if (s->area != RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2142 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s->w))
2143 last_x += WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->w);
2144 }
2145
2146 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2147 last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
2148 ? s->first_glyph
2149 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
2150
2151 width = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2152 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
2153 left_x = s->x;
2154 right_x = (s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2155 ? last_x - 1
2156 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1);
2157 top_y = s->y;
2158 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
2159
2160 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
2161 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2162 && (s->prev == NULL
2163 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
2164 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
2165 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2166 && (s->next == NULL
2167 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
2168
2169 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
2170
2171 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
2172 x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
2173 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
2174 else
2175 {
2176 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
2177 x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
2178 width, raised_p, 1, 1, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
2179 }
2180 }
2181
2182
2183 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2184
2185 static void
2186 x_draw_image_foreground (s)
2187 struct glyph_string *s;
2188 {
2189 int x = s->x;
2190 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice);
2191
2192 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2193 right of that line. */
2194 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2195 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
2196 && s->slice.x == 0)
2197 x += abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2198
2199 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2200 by that margin. */
2201 if (s->slice.x == 0)
2202 x += s->img->hmargin;
2203 if (s->slice.y == 0)
2204 y += s->img->vmargin;
2205
2206 if (s->img->pixmap)
2207 {
2208 if (s->img->mask)
2209 {
2210 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2211 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2212 trust on the shape extension to be available
2213 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2214 manually. */
2215 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
2216 | GCFunction);
2217 XGCValues xgcv;
2218 XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;
2219
2220 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
2221 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
2222 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
2223 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
2224 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
2225
2226 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
2227 image_rect.x = x;
2228 image_rect.y = y;
2229 image_rect.width = s->slice.width;
2230 image_rect.height = s->slice.height;
2231 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r))
2232 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
2233 s->slice.x + r.x - x, s->slice.y + r.y - y,
2234 r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
2235 }
2236 else
2237 {
2238 XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;
2239
2240 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
2241 image_rect.x = x;
2242 image_rect.y = y;
2243 image_rect.width = s->slice.width;
2244 image_rect.height = s->slice.height;
2245 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r))
2246 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
2247 s->slice.x + r.x - x, s->slice.y + r.y - y,
2248 r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
2249
2250 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2251 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2252 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2253 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2254 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2255 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2256 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
2257 {
2258 int r = s->img->relief;
2259 if (r < 0) r = -r;
2260 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2261 x - r, y - r,
2262 s->slice.width + r*2 - 1,
2263 s->slice.height + r*2 - 1);
2264 }
2265 }
2266 }
2267 else
2268 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2269 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y,
2270 s->slice.width - 1, s->slice.height - 1);
2271 }
2272
2273
2274 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2275
2276 static void
2277 x_draw_image_relief (s)
2278 struct glyph_string *s;
2279 {
2280 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
2281 XRectangle r;
2282 int x = s->x;
2283 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice);
2284
2285 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2286 right of that line. */
2287 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2288 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
2289 && s->slice.x == 0)
2290 x += abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2291
2292 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2293 by that margin. */
2294 if (s->slice.x == 0)
2295 x += s->img->hmargin;
2296 if (s->slice.y == 0)
2297 y += s->img->vmargin;
2298
2299 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2300 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
2301 {
2302 thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
2303 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
2304 }
2305 else
2306 {
2307 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
2308 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
2309 }
2310
2311 x0 = x - thick;
2312 y0 = y - thick;
2313 x1 = x + s->slice.width + thick - 1;
2314 y1 = y + s->slice.height + thick - 1;
2315
2316 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
2317 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
2318 x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p,
2319 s->slice.y == 0,
2320 s->slice.y + s->slice.height == s->img->height,
2321 s->slice.x == 0,
2322 s->slice.x + s->slice.width == s->img->width,
2323 &r);
2324 }
2325
2326
2327 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2328
2329 static void
2330 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
2331 struct glyph_string *s;
2332 Pixmap pixmap;
2333 {
2334 int x = 0;
2335 int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice);
2336
2337 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2338 right of that line. */
2339 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2340 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
2341 && s->slice.x == 0)
2342 x += abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2343
2344 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2345 by that margin. */
2346 if (s->slice.x == 0)
2347 x += s->img->hmargin;
2348 if (s->slice.y == 0)
2349 y += s->img->vmargin;
2350
2351 if (s->img->pixmap)
2352 {
2353 if (s->img->mask)
2354 {
2355 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2356 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2357 trust on the shape extension to be available
2358 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2359 manually. */
2360 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
2361 | GCFunction);
2362 XGCValues xgcv;
2363
2364 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
2365 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x - s->slice.x;
2366 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y - s->slice.y;
2367 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
2368 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
2369
2370 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
2371 s->slice.x, s->slice.y,
2372 s->slice.width, s->slice.height, x, y);
2373 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
2374 }
2375 else
2376 {
2377 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
2378 s->slice.x, s->slice.y,
2379 s->slice.width, s->slice.height, x, y);
2380
2381 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2382 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2383 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2384 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2385 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2386 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2387 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
2388 {
2389 int r = s->img->relief;
2390 if (r < 0) r = -r;
2391 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x - r, y - r,
2392 s->slice.width + r*2 - 1,
2393 s->slice.height + r*2 - 1);
2394 }
2395 }
2396 }
2397 else
2398 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2399 XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y,
2400 s->slice.width - 1, s->slice.height - 1);
2401 }
2402
2403
2404 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2405 give the rectangle to draw. */
2406
2407 static void
2408 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
2409 struct glyph_string *s;
2410 int x, y, w, h;
2411 {
2412 if (s->stippled_p)
2413 {
2414 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2415 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
2416 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
2417 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
2418 }
2419 else
2420 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
2421 }
2422
2423
2424 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2425
2426 s->y
2427 s->x +-------------------------
2428 | s->face->box
2429 |
2430 | +-------------------------
2431 | | s->img->margin
2432 | |
2433 | | +-------------------
2434 | | | the image
2435
2436 */
2437
2438 static void
2439 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
2440 struct glyph_string *s;
2441 {
2442 int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2443 int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
2444 int height;
2445 Pixmap pixmap = None;
2446
2447 height = s->height;
2448 if (s->slice.y == 0)
2449 height -= box_line_vwidth;
2450 if (s->slice.y + s->slice.height >= s->img->height)
2451 height -= box_line_vwidth;
2452
2453 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2454 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2455 flickering. */
2456 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2457 if (height > s->slice.height
2458 || s->img->hmargin
2459 || s->img->vmargin
2460 || s->img->mask
2461 || s->img->pixmap == 0
2462 || s->width != s->background_width)
2463 {
2464 if (s->img->mask)
2465 {
2466 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2467 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2468 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2469 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
2470 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
2471
2472 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2473 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
2474 s->background_width,
2475 s->height, depth);
2476
2477 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2478 pixmap. */
2479 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
2480
2481 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2482 if (s->stippled_p)
2483 {
2484 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2485 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
2486 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
2487 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
2488 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
2489 }
2490 else
2491 {
2492 XGCValues xgcv;
2493 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
2494 &xgcv);
2495 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
2496 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
2497 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
2498 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2499 }
2500 }
2501 else
2502 {
2503 int x = s->x;
2504 int y = s->y;
2505
2506 if (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
2507 && s->slice.x == 0)
2508 x += box_line_hwidth;
2509
2510 if (s->slice.y == 0)
2511 y += box_line_vwidth;
2512
2513 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
2514 }
2515
2516 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Draw the foreground. */
2520 if (pixmap != None)
2521 {
2522 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
2523 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
2524 XCopyArea (s->display, pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
2525 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height, s->x, s->y);
2526 XFreePixmap (s->display, pixmap);
2527 }
2528 else
2529 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
2530
2531 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2532 if (s->img->relief
2533 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2534 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
2535 x_draw_image_relief (s);
2536 }
2537
2538
2539 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2540
2541 static void
2542 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
2543 struct glyph_string *s;
2544 {
2545 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
2546 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2547
2548 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
2549 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
2550 {
2551 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2552 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2553 int width = min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s->f), s->background_width);
2554
2555 /* Draw cursor. */
2556 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
2557
2558 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2559 if (width < s->background_width)
2560 {
2561 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
2562 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
2563 XRectangle r;
2564 GC gc;
2565
2566 if (s->row->mouse_face_p
2567 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w))
2568 {
2569 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
2570 gc = s->gc;
2571 }
2572 else
2573 gc = s->face->gc;
2574
2575 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
2576 XSetClipRectangles (s->display, gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted);
2577
2578 if (s->face->stipple)
2579 {
2580 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2581 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
2582 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
2583 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
2584 }
2585 else
2586 {
2587 XGCValues xgcv;
2588 XGetGCValues (s->display, gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv);
2589 XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.background);
2590 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
2591 XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.foreground);
2592 }
2593 }
2594 }
2595 else if (!s->background_filled_p)
2596 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
2597 s->height);
2598
2599 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2600 }
2601
2602
2603 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2604
2605 static void
2606 x_draw_glyph_string (s)
2607 struct glyph_string *s;
2608 {
2609 int relief_drawn_p = 0;
2610
2611 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2612 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2613 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2614 if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p)
2615 {
2616 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
2617 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
2618 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
2619 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
2620 }
2621
2622 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2623 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
2624
2625 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2626 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2627 if (!s->for_overlaps_p
2628 && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2629 && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
2630 || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH))
2631
2632 {
2633 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
2634 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
2635 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
2636 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
2637 relief_drawn_p = 1;
2638 }
2639 else
2640 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
2641
2642 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
2643 {
2644 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
2645 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
2646 break;
2647
2648 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
2649 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
2650 break;
2651
2652 case CHAR_GLYPH:
2653 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
2654 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2655 else
2656 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
2658 break;
2659
2660 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
2661 if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0)
2662 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2663 else
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
2665 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
2666 break;
2667
2668 default:
2669 abort ();
2670 }
2671
2672 if (!s->for_overlaps_p)
2673 {
2674 /* Draw underline. */
2675 if (s->face->underline_p)
2676 {
2677 unsigned long tem, h;
2678 int y;
2679
2680 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2681 if (!XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, &h))
2682 h = 1;
2683
2684 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2685 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2686 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2687 specs, and its default is
2688
2689 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2690 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2691
2692 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2693 && XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION, &tem))
2694 y = s->ybase + (long) tem;
2695 else if (s->face->font)
2696 y = s->ybase + (s->face->font->max_bounds.descent + 1) / 2;
2697 else
2698 y = s->y + s->height - h;
2699
2700 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
2701 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2702 s->x, y, s->width, h);
2703 else
2704 {
2705 XGCValues xgcv;
2706 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
2707 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color);
2708 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2709 s->x, y, s->width, h);
2710 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2711 }
2712 }
2713
2714 /* Draw overline. */
2715 if (s->face->overline_p)
2716 {
2717 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
2718
2719 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
2720 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2721 s->width, h);
2722 else
2723 {
2724 XGCValues xgcv;
2725 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
2726 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color);
2727 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2728 s->width, h);
2729 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2730 }
2731 }
2732
2733 /* Draw strike-through. */
2734 if (s->face->strike_through_p)
2735 {
2736 unsigned long h = 1;
2737 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
2738
2739 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
2740 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2741 s->width, h);
2742 else
2743 {
2744 XGCValues xgcv;
2745 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
2746 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color);
2747 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2748 s->width, h);
2749 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2750 }
2751 }
2752
2753 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2754 if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2755 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
2756 }
2757
2758 /* Reset clipping. */
2759 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
2760 }
2761
2762 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2763
2764 void
2765 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f, x, y, width, height, shift_by)
2766 struct frame *f;
2767 int x, y, width, height, shift_by;
2768 {
2769 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
2770 f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
2771 x, y, width, height,
2772 x + shift_by, y);
2773 }
2774
2775 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2776 for X frames. */
2777
2778 static void
2779 x_delete_glyphs (n)
2780 register int n;
2781 {
2782 abort ();
2783 }
2784
2785
2786 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2787 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2788
2789 void
2790 x_clear_area (dpy, window, x, y, width, height, exposures)
2791 Display *dpy;
2792 Window window;
2793 int x, y;
2794 int width, height;
2795 int exposures;
2796 {
2797 xassert (width > 0 && height > 0);
2798 XClearArea (dpy, window, x, y, width, height, exposures);
2799 }
2800
2801
2802 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2803 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2804
2805 static void
2806 x_clear_frame ()
2807 {
2808 struct frame *f;
2809
2810 if (updating_frame)
2811 f = updating_frame;
2812 else
2813 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
2814
2815 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2816 longer visible. */
2817 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
2818 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
2819 output_cursor.x = -1;
2820
2821 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2822 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2823 BLOCK_INPUT;
2824 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
2825
2826 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2827 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2828 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
2829
2830 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
2831
2832 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
2833 }
2834
2835
2836 \f
2837 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2838
2839 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2840 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2841
2842 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2843
2844
2845 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2846 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2847
2848 static int
2849 timeval_subtract (result, x, y)
2850 struct timeval *result, x, y;
2851 {
2852 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2853 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2854 if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec)
2855 {
2856 int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1;
2857 y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec;
2858 y.tv_sec += nsec;
2859 }
2860
2861 if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000)
2862 {
2863 int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000;
2864 y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec;
2865 y.tv_sec -= nsec;
2866 }
2867
2868 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2869 positive. */
2870 result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec;
2871 result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec;
2872
2873 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2874 negative. */
2875 return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec;
2876 }
2877
2878 void
2879 XTflash (f)
2880 struct frame *f;
2881 {
2882 BLOCK_INPUT;
2883
2884 {
2885 GC gc;
2886
2887 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2888 pixels into background pixels. */
2889 {
2890 XGCValues values;
2891
2892 values.function = GXxor;
2893 values.foreground = (f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel
2894 ^ f->output_data.x->background_pixel);
2895
2896 gc = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
2897 GCFunction | GCForeground, &values);
2898 }
2899
2900 {
2901 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2902 int height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, FRAME_LINES (f));
2903 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2904 int flash_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
2905 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2906 int flash_left = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
2907 int flash_right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
2908
2909 int width;
2910
2911 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2912 edge it is next to. */
2913 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f))
2914 {
2915 case vertical_scroll_bar_left:
2916 flash_left += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
2917 break;
2918
2919 case vertical_scroll_bar_right:
2920 flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
2921 break;
2922
2923 default:
2924 break;
2925 }
2926
2927 width = flash_right - flash_left;
2928
2929 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2930 if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
2931 {
2932 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
2933 flash_left,
2934 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)
2935 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)),
2936 width, flash_height);
2937 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
2938 flash_left,
2939 (height - flash_height
2940 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),
2941 width, flash_height);
2942 }
2943 else
2944 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2945 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
2946 flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
2947 width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
2948
2949 x_flush (f);
2950
2951 {
2952 struct timeval wakeup;
2953
2954 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup);
2955
2956 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2957 wakeup.tv_usec += 150000;
2958 wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000);
2959 wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000;
2960
2961 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2962 available. */
2963 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2964 {
2965 struct timeval current;
2966 struct timeval timeout;
2967
2968 EMACS_GET_TIME (current);
2969
2970 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2971 if (timeval_subtract (&current, wakeup, current))
2972 break;
2973
2974 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2975 timeout.tv_sec = 0;
2976 timeout.tv_usec = 10000;
2977
2978 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2979 select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout);
2980 }
2981 }
2982
2983 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2984 if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
2985 {
2986 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
2987 flash_left,
2988 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)
2989 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)),
2990 width, flash_height);
2991 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
2992 flash_left,
2993 (height - flash_height
2994 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),
2995 width, flash_height);
2996 }
2997 else
2998 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2999 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
3000 flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
3001 width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
3002
3003 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc);
3004 x_flush (f);
3005 }
3006 }
3007
3008 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3009 }
3010
3011 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3012
3013
3014 /* Make audible bell. */
3015
3016 void
3017 XTring_bell ()
3018 {
3019 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
3020
3021 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))
3022 {
3023 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3024 if (visible_bell)
3025 XTflash (f);
3026 else
3027 #endif
3028 {
3029 BLOCK_INPUT;
3030 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), 0);
3031 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
3032 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3033 }
3034 }
3035 }
3036
3037 \f
3038 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3039 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3040 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3041 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3042
3043 static void
3044 XTset_terminal_window (n)
3045 register int n;
3046 {
3047 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3048 }
3049
3050
3051 \f
3052 /***********************************************************************
3053 Line Dance
3054 ***********************************************************************/
3055
3056 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3057 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3058
3059 static void
3060 x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
3061 int vpos, n;
3062 {
3063 abort ();
3064 }
3065
3066
3067 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3068
3069 static void
3070 x_scroll_run (w, run)
3071 struct window *w;
3072 struct run *run;
3073 {
3074 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
3075 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
3076
3077 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3078 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3079 fringe of W. */
3080 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
3081
3082 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
3083 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
3084 bottom_y = y + height;
3085
3086 if (to_y < from_y)
3087 {
3088 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3089 line at the bottom. */
3090 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
3091 height = bottom_y - from_y;
3092 else
3093 height = run->height;
3094 }
3095 else
3096 {
3097 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3098 at the bottom. */
3099 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
3100 height = bottom_y - to_y;
3101 else
3102 height = run->height;
3103 }
3104
3105 BLOCK_INPUT;
3106
3107 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3108 updated_window = w;
3109 x_clear_cursor (w);
3110
3111 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
3112 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
3113 f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
3114 x, from_y,
3115 width, height,
3116 x, to_y);
3117
3118 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3119 }
3120
3121
3122 \f
3123 /***********************************************************************
3124 Exposure Events
3125 ***********************************************************************/
3126
3127 \f
3128 static void
3129 frame_highlight (f)
3130 struct frame *f;
3131 {
3132 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3133 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3134 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3135 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3136 BLOCK_INPUT;
3137 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
3138 f->output_data.x->border_pixel);
3139 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3140 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
3141 }
3142
3143 static void
3144 frame_unhighlight (f)
3145 struct frame *f;
3146 {
3147 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3148 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3149 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3150 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3151 BLOCK_INPUT;
3152 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
3153 f->output_data.x->border_tile);
3154 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3155 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
3156 }
3157
3158 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3159 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3160 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3161 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3162 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3163
3164 static void
3165 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
3166 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3167 struct frame *frame;
3168 {
3169 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
3170
3171 if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
3172 {
3173 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3174 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3175 dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame;
3176
3177 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
3178 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
3179
3180 #if 0
3181 selected_frame = frame;
3182 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame,
3183 selected_frame);
3184 Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window, Qnil);
3185 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3186 #endif /* ! 0 */
3187
3188 if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise)
3189 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
3190 else
3191 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
3192 }
3193
3194 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
3195 }
3196
3197 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3198 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3199 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3200
3201 static void
3202 x_focus_changed (type, state, dpyinfo, frame, bufp)
3203 int type;
3204 int state;
3205 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3206 struct frame *frame;
3207 struct input_event *bufp;
3208 {
3209 if (type == FocusIn)
3210 {
3211 if (dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame != frame)
3212 {
3213 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame);
3214 dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = frame;
3215
3216 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3217 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3218 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame)
3219 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list)
3220 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
3221 {
3222 bufp->kind = FOCUS_IN_EVENT;
3223 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, frame);
3224 }
3225 }
3226
3227 frame->output_data.x->focus_state |= state;
3228
3229 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
3230 if (FRAME_XIC (frame))
3231 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame));
3232 #endif
3233 }
3234 else if (type == FocusOut)
3235 {
3236 frame->output_data.x->focus_state &= ~state;
3237
3238 if (dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame == frame)
3239 {
3240 dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
3241 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
3242 }
3243
3244 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
3245 if (FRAME_XIC (frame))
3246 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame));
3247 #endif
3248 }
3249 }
3250
3251 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3252 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3253
3254 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3255
3256 static void
3257 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, event, bufp)
3258 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3259 XEvent *event;
3260 struct input_event *bufp;
3261 {
3262 struct frame *frame;
3263
3264 frame = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event->xany.window);
3265 if (! frame)
3266 return;
3267
3268 switch (event->type)
3269 {
3270 case EnterNotify:
3271 case LeaveNotify:
3272 {
3273 struct frame *focus_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame;
3274 int focus_state
3275 = focus_frame ? focus_frame->output_data.x->focus_state : 0;
3276
3277 if (event->xcrossing.detail != NotifyInferior
3278 && event->xcrossing.focus
3279 && ! (focus_state & FOCUS_EXPLICIT))
3280 x_focus_changed ((event->type == EnterNotify ? FocusIn : FocusOut),
3281 FOCUS_IMPLICIT,
3282 dpyinfo, frame, bufp);
3283 }
3284 break;
3285
3286 case FocusIn:
3287 case FocusOut:
3288 x_focus_changed (event->type,
3289 (event->xfocus.detail == NotifyPointer ?
3290 FOCUS_IMPLICIT : FOCUS_EXPLICIT),
3291 dpyinfo, frame, bufp);
3292 break;
3293 }
3294 }
3295
3296
3297 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3298
3299 void
3300 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
3301 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3302 {
3303 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame);
3304 }
3305
3306 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3307 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3308 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3309
3310 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3311 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3312 the appropriate X display info. */
3313
3314 static void
3315 XTframe_rehighlight (frame)
3316 struct frame *frame;
3317 {
3318 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
3319 }
3320
3321 static void
3322 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
3323 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3324 {
3325 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame;
3326
3327 if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
3328 {
3329 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame
3330 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)))
3331 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))
3332 : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame);
3333 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame))
3334 {
3335 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil;
3336 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
3337 }
3338 }
3339 else
3340 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
3341
3342 if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
3343 {
3344 if (old_highlight)
3345 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
3346 if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
3347 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
3348 }
3349 }
3350
3351
3352 \f
3353 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3354
3355 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3356 static void
3357 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo)
3358 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3359 {
3360 int min_code, max_code;
3361 KeySym *syms;
3362 int syms_per_code;
3363 XModifierKeymap *mods;
3364
3365 dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0;
3366 dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0;
3367 dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0;
3368 dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0;
3369 dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0;
3370
3371 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
3372 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code);
3373 #else
3374 min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode;
3375 max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode;
3376 #endif
3377
3378 syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display,
3379 min_code, max_code - min_code + 1,
3380 &syms_per_code);
3381 mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display);
3382
3383 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3384 Alt keysyms are on. */
3385 {
3386 int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3387 int found_alt_or_meta;
3388
3389 for (row = 3; row < 8; row++)
3390 {
3391 found_alt_or_meta = 0;
3392 for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++)
3393 {
3394 KeyCode code = mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col];
3395
3396 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3397 if (code == 0)
3398 continue;
3399
3400 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3401 {
3402 int code_col;
3403
3404 for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++)
3405 {
3406 int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col];
3407
3408 switch (sym)
3409 {
3410 case XK_Meta_L:
3411 case XK_Meta_R:
3412 found_alt_or_meta = 1;
3413 dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
3414 break;
3415
3416 case XK_Alt_L:
3417 case XK_Alt_R:
3418 found_alt_or_meta = 1;
3419 dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
3420 break;
3421
3422 case XK_Hyper_L:
3423 case XK_Hyper_R:
3424 if (!found_alt_or_meta)
3425 dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
3426 code_col = syms_per_code;
3427 col = mods->max_keypermod;
3428 break;
3429
3430 case XK_Super_L:
3431 case XK_Super_R:
3432 if (!found_alt_or_meta)
3433 dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
3434 code_col = syms_per_code;
3435 col = mods->max_keypermod;
3436 break;
3437
3438 case XK_Shift_Lock:
3439 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3440 if (!found_alt_or_meta && ((1 << row) == LockMask))
3441 dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask;
3442 code_col = syms_per_code;
3443 col = mods->max_keypermod;
3444 break;
3445 }
3446 }
3447 }
3448 }
3449 }
3450 }
3451
3452 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3453 if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
3454 {
3455 dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask;
3456 dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0;
3457 }
3458
3459 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3460 make them just meta, not alt. */
3461 if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
3462 {
3463 dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask;
3464 }
3465
3466 XFree ((char *) syms);
3467 XFreeModifiermap (mods);
3468 }
3469
3470 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3471 Emacs uses. */
3472
3473 static unsigned int
3474 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
3475 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3476 unsigned int state;
3477 {
3478 EMACS_UINT mod_meta = meta_modifier;
3479 EMACS_UINT mod_alt = alt_modifier;
3480 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper = hyper_modifier;
3481 EMACS_UINT mod_super = super_modifier;
3482 Lisp_Object tem;
3483
3484 tem = Fget (Vx_alt_keysym, Qmodifier_value);
3485 if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_alt = XUINT (tem);
3486 tem = Fget (Vx_meta_keysym, Qmodifier_value);
3487 if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_meta = XUINT (tem);
3488 tem = Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym, Qmodifier_value);
3489 if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_hyper = XUINT (tem);
3490 tem = Fget (Vx_super_keysym, Qmodifier_value);
3491 if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_super = XUINT (tem);
3492
3493
3494 return ( ((state & (ShiftMask | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask)) ? shift_modifier : 0)
3495 | ((state & ControlMask) ? ctrl_modifier : 0)
3496 | ((state & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) ? mod_meta : 0)
3497 | ((state & dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask) ? mod_alt : 0)
3498 | ((state & dpyinfo->super_mod_mask) ? mod_super : 0)
3499 | ((state & dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask) ? mod_hyper : 0));
3500 }
3501
3502 static unsigned int
3503 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
3504 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3505 unsigned int state;
3506 {
3507 EMACS_UINT mod_meta = meta_modifier;
3508 EMACS_UINT mod_alt = alt_modifier;
3509 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper = hyper_modifier;
3510 EMACS_UINT mod_super = super_modifier;
3511
3512 Lisp_Object tem;
3513
3514 tem = Fget (Vx_alt_keysym, Qmodifier_value);
3515 if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_alt = XUINT (tem);
3516 tem = Fget (Vx_meta_keysym, Qmodifier_value);
3517 if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_meta = XUINT (tem);
3518 tem = Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym, Qmodifier_value);
3519 if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_hyper = XUINT (tem);
3520 tem = Fget (Vx_super_keysym, Qmodifier_value);
3521 if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_super = XUINT (tem);
3522
3523
3524 return ( ((state & mod_alt) ? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask : 0)
3525 | ((state & mod_super) ? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0)
3526 | ((state & mod_hyper) ? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0)
3527 | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0)
3528 | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0)
3529 | ((state & mod_meta) ? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask : 0));
3530 }
3531
3532 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3533
3534 char *
3535 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
3536 KeySym keysym;
3537 {
3538 char *value;
3539
3540 BLOCK_INPUT;
3541 value = XKeysymToString (keysym);
3542 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3543
3544 return value;
3545 }
3546
3547
3548 \f
3549 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3550
3551 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3552
3553 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3554 the mouse. */
3555
3556 static Lisp_Object
3557 construct_mouse_click (result, event, f)
3558 struct input_event *result;
3559 XButtonEvent *event;
3560 struct frame *f;
3561 {
3562 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3563 otherwise. */
3564 result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT;
3565 result->code = event->button - Button1;
3566 result->timestamp = event->time;
3567 result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
3568 event->state)
3569 | (event->type == ButtonRelease
3570 ? up_modifier
3571 : down_modifier));
3572
3573 XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
3574 XSETINT (result->y, event->y);
3575 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
3576 result->arg = Qnil;
3577 return Qnil;
3578 }
3579
3580 \f
3581 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3582 The input handler calls this.
3583
3584 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3585 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3586 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3587 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3588
3589 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event;
3590 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
3591
3592 static void
3593 note_mouse_movement (frame, event)
3594 FRAME_PTR frame;
3595 XMotionEvent *event;
3596 {
3597 last_mouse_movement_time = event->time;
3598 last_mouse_motion_event = *event;
3599 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
3600
3601 if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame))
3602 {
3603 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
3604 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
3605 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
3606 }
3607
3608 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3609 else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x
3610 || event->x >= last_mouse_glyph.x + last_mouse_glyph.width
3611 || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y
3612 || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height)
3613 {
3614 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
3615 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
3616 note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y);
3617 }
3618 }
3619
3620 \f
3621 /************************************************************************
3622 Mouse Face
3623 ************************************************************************/
3624
3625 static void
3626 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3627 {
3628 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
3629 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
3630 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
3631 last_mouse_motion_event.x,
3632 last_mouse_motion_event.y);
3633 }
3634
3635
3636 static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, XRectangle *));
3637
3638
3639 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3640 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3641 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3642 values. */
3643
3644 static int
3645 glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect)
3646 struct frame *f;
3647 int x, y;
3648 XRectangle *rect;
3649 {
3650 Lisp_Object window;
3651 struct window *w;
3652 struct glyph_row *r, *end_row;
3653
3654 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, &x, &y, 0);
3655 if (NILP (window))
3656 return 0;
3657
3658 w = XWINDOW (window);
3659 r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
3660 end_row = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1;
3661
3662 for (; r < end_row && r->enabled_p; ++r)
3663 {
3664 if (r->y >= y)
3665 {
3666 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
3667 struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
3668 int gx = r->x;
3669 while (g < end && gx < x)
3670 gx += g->pixel_width, ++g;
3671 if (g < end)
3672 {
3673 rect->width = g->pixel_width;
3674 rect->height = r->height;
3675 rect->x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
3676 rect->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y);
3677 return 1;
3678 }
3679 break;
3680 }
3681 }
3682
3683 return 0;
3684 }
3685
3686
3687 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3688 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3689
3690 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3691 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3692 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3693 position on the scroll bar.
3694
3695 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3696 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3697 the mouse is over.
3698
3699 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3700 was at this position.
3701
3702 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3703
3704 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3705 movement. */
3706
3707 static void
3708 XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
3709 FRAME_PTR *fp;
3710 int insist;
3711 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
3712 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
3713 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
3714 unsigned long *time;
3715 {
3716 FRAME_PTR f1;
3717
3718 BLOCK_INPUT;
3719
3720 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
3721 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
3722 else
3723 {
3724 Window root;
3725 int root_x, root_y;
3726
3727 Window dummy_window;
3728 int dummy;
3729
3730 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
3731
3732 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3733 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
3734 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp))
3735 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
3736
3737 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
3738
3739 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3740 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp),
3741 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)),
3742
3743 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3744 &root,
3745
3746 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3747 a different screen. */
3748 &dummy_window,
3749
3750 /* The position on that root window. */
3751 &root_x, &root_y,
3752
3753 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3754 &dummy, &dummy,
3755
3756 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3757 we don't care. */
3758 (unsigned int *) &dummy);
3759
3760 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3761 containing the pointer. */
3762 {
3763 Window win, child;
3764 int win_x, win_y;
3765 int parent_x = 0, parent_y = 0;
3766 int count;
3767
3768 win = root;
3769
3770 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3771 structure is changing at the same time this function
3772 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3773
3774 count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp));
3775
3776 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
3777 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
3778 {
3779 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3780 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3781 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp),
3782
3783 /* From-window, to-window. */
3784 root, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame),
3785
3786 /* From-position, to-position. */
3787 root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y,
3788
3789 /* Child of win. */
3790 &child);
3791 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
3792 }
3793 else
3794 {
3795 while (1)
3796 {
3797 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp),
3798
3799 /* From-window, to-window. */
3800 root, win,
3801
3802 /* From-position, to-position. */
3803 root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y,
3804
3805 /* Child of win. */
3806 &child);
3807
3808 if (child == None || child == win)
3809 break;
3810
3811 win = child;
3812 parent_x = win_x;
3813 parent_y = win_y;
3814 }
3815
3816 /* Now we know that:
3817 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3818 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3819 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3820 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3821 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3822 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3823 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3824 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3825 never use them in that case.) */
3826
3827 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3828 f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), win);
3829
3830 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3831 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3832 on the frame. */
3833 if (f1 != NULL
3834 && f1->output_data.x->menubar_widget
3835 && win == XtWindow (f1->output_data.x->menubar_widget))
3836 f1 = NULL;
3837 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3838 }
3839
3840 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)))
3841 f1 = 0;
3842
3843 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), count);
3844
3845 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3846 if (! f1)
3847 {
3848 struct scroll_bar *bar;
3849
3850 bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), win);
3851
3852 if (bar)
3853 {
3854 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
3855 win_x = parent_x;
3856 win_y = parent_y;
3857 }
3858 }
3859
3860 if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
3861 f1 = SELECTED_FRAME ();
3862
3863 if (f1)
3864 {
3865 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3866 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3867 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3868 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3869 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3870 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3871 the frame are divided into. */
3872
3873 int width, height, gx, gy;
3874 XRectangle rect;
3875
3876 if (glyph_rect (f1, win_x, win_y, &rect))
3877 last_mouse_glyph = rect;
3878 else
3879 {
3880 width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
3881 height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
3882 gx = win_x;
3883 gy = win_y;
3884
3885 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3886 round down even for negative values. */
3887 if (gx < 0)
3888 gx -= width - 1;
3889 if (gy < 0)
3890 gy -= height - 1;
3891 gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width;
3892 gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height;
3893
3894 last_mouse_glyph.width = width;
3895 last_mouse_glyph.height = height;
3896 last_mouse_glyph.x = gx;
3897 last_mouse_glyph.y = gy;
3898 }
3899
3900 *bar_window = Qnil;
3901 *part = 0;
3902 *fp = f1;
3903 XSETINT (*x, win_x);
3904 XSETINT (*y, win_y);
3905 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
3906 }
3907 }
3908 }
3909
3910 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3911 }
3912
3913
3914 \f
3915 /***********************************************************************
3916 Scroll bars
3917 ***********************************************************************/
3918
3919 /* Scroll bar support. */
3920
3921 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3922 manages it.
3923 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3924 bits. */
3925
3926 static struct scroll_bar *
3927 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display, window_id)
3928 Display *display;
3929 Window window_id;
3930 {
3931 Lisp_Object tail;
3932
3933 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3934 window_id = (Window) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display, window_id);
3935 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3936
3937 for (tail = Vframe_list;
3938 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
3939 tail = XCDR (tail))
3940 {
3941 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
3942
3943 frame = XCAR (tail);
3944 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3945 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
3946 abort ();
3947
3948 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3949 right window ID. */
3950 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
3951 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
3952 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3953 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3954 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
3955 condemned = Qnil,
3956 ! GC_NILP (bar));
3957 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
3958 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id &&
3959 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame)) == display)
3960 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
3961 }
3962
3963 return 0;
3964 }
3965
3966
3967 #if defined USE_LUCID
3968
3969 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3970 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3971
3972 static Widget
3973 x_window_to_menu_bar (window)
3974 Window window;
3975 {
3976 Lisp_Object tail;
3977
3978 for (tail = Vframe_list;
3979 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
3980 tail = XCDR (tail))
3981 {
3982 Lisp_Object frame = XCAR (tail);
3983 Widget menu_bar = XFRAME (frame)->output_data.x->menubar_widget;
3984
3985 if (menu_bar && xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar, window))
3986 return menu_bar;
3987 }
3988
3989 return NULL;
3990 }
3991
3992 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3993
3994 \f
3995 /************************************************************************
3996 Toolkit scroll bars
3997 ************************************************************************/
3998
3999 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4000
4001 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event P_ ((XEvent *, struct input_event *));
4002 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int));
4003 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar P_ ((struct frame *,
4004 struct scroll_bar *));
4005 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb P_ ((struct scroll_bar *,
4006 int, int, int));
4007
4008
4009 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4010 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4011
4012 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled;
4013
4014 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4015
4016 static int last_scroll_bar_part;
4017
4018 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4019 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4020
4021 #ifndef USE_GTK
4022 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4023
4024 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id;
4025
4026 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll;
4027
4028 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4029 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4030 to avoid jerkyness. */
4031
4032 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top;
4033
4034 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar P_ ((struct window *));
4035
4036 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4037 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4038 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4039 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4040
4041 static void
4042 xt_action_hook (widget, client_data, action_name, event, params,
4043 num_params)
4044 Widget widget;
4045 XtPointer client_data;
4046 String action_name;
4047 XEvent *event;
4048 String *params;
4049 Cardinal *num_params;
4050 {
4051 int scroll_bar_p;
4052 char *end_action;
4053
4054 #ifdef USE_MOTIF
4055 scroll_bar_p = XmIsScrollBar (widget);
4056 end_action = "Release";
4057 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4058 scroll_bar_p = XtIsSubclass (widget, scrollbarWidgetClass);
4059 end_action = "EndScroll";
4060 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4061
4062 if (scroll_bar_p
4063 && strcmp (action_name, end_action) == 0
4064 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled))
4065 {
4066 struct window *w;
4067
4068 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled,
4069 scroll_bar_end_scroll, 0, 0);
4070 w = XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled);
4071
4072 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)->dragging))
4073 {
4074 XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)->dragging = Qnil;
4075 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4076 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w);
4077 }
4078 window_being_scrolled = Qnil;
4079 last_scroll_bar_part = -1;
4080
4081 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4082 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction = 0;
4083 }
4084 }
4085 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4086
4087 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4088 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4089
4090 static struct window **scroll_bar_windows;
4091 static int scroll_bar_windows_size;
4092
4093
4094 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4095 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4096 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4097 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4098
4099 static void
4100 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window, part, portion, whole)
4101 Lisp_Object window;
4102 int part, portion, whole;
4103 {
4104 XEvent event;
4105 XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) &event;
4106 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
4107 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4108 int i;
4109
4110 BLOCK_INPUT;
4111
4112 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4113 ev->type = ClientMessage;
4114 ev->message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_Scrollbar;
4115 ev->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
4116 ev->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
4117 ev->format = 32;
4118
4119 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4120 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4121 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4122 into that array in the event. */
4123 for (i = 0; i < scroll_bar_windows_size; ++i)
4124 if (scroll_bar_windows[i] == NULL)
4125 break;
4126
4127 if (i == scroll_bar_windows_size)
4128 {
4129 int new_size = max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size);
4130 size_t nbytes = new_size * sizeof *scroll_bar_windows;
4131 size_t old_nbytes = scroll_bar_windows_size * sizeof *scroll_bar_windows;
4132
4133 scroll_bar_windows = (struct window **) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows,
4134 nbytes);
4135 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows[i], nbytes - old_nbytes);
4136 scroll_bar_windows_size = new_size;
4137 }
4138
4139 scroll_bar_windows[i] = w;
4140 ev->data.l[0] = (long) i;
4141 ev->data.l[1] = (long) part;
4142 ev->data.l[2] = (long) 0;
4143 ev->data.l[3] = (long) portion;
4144 ev->data.l[4] = (long) whole;
4145
4146 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4147 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction = 1;
4148
4149 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4150 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4151 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4152 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), False, 0, &event);
4153 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4154 }
4155
4156
4157 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4158 in *IEVENT. */
4159
4160 static void
4161 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event, ievent)
4162 XEvent *event;
4163 struct input_event *ievent;
4164 {
4165 XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) event;
4166 Lisp_Object window;
4167 struct frame *f;
4168 struct window *w;
4169
4170 w = scroll_bar_windows[ev->data.l[0]];
4171 scroll_bar_windows[ev->data.l[0]] = NULL;
4172
4173 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
4174 f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4175
4176 ievent->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT;
4177 ievent->frame_or_window = window;
4178 ievent->arg = Qnil;
4179 #ifdef USE_GTK
4180 ievent->timestamp = CurrentTime;
4181 #else
4182 ievent->timestamp = XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
4183 #endif
4184 ievent->part = ev->data.l[1];
4185 ievent->code = ev->data.l[2];
4186 ievent->x = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[3]);
4187 ievent->y = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[4]);
4188 ievent->modifiers = 0;
4189 }
4190
4191
4192 #ifdef USE_MOTIF
4193
4194 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4195
4196 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4197
4198
4199 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4200 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4201 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4202
4203 static void
4204 xm_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
4205 Widget widget;
4206 XtPointer client_data, call_data;
4207 {
4208 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
4209 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *cs = (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *) call_data;
4210 int part = -1, whole = 0, portion = 0;
4211
4212 switch (cs->reason)
4213 {
4214 case XmCR_DECREMENT:
4215 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4216 part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
4217 break;
4218
4219 case XmCR_INCREMENT:
4220 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4221 part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
4222 break;
4223
4224 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT:
4225 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4226 part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
4227 break;
4228
4229 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT:
4230 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4231 part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
4232 break;
4233
4234 case XmCR_TO_TOP:
4235 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4236 part = scroll_bar_to_top;
4237 break;
4238
4239 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM:
4240 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4241 part = scroll_bar_to_bottom;
4242 break;
4243
4244 case XmCR_DRAG:
4245 {
4246 int slider_size;
4247
4248 /* Get the slider size. */
4249 BLOCK_INPUT;
4250 XtVaGetValues (widget, XmNsliderSize, &slider_size, NULL);
4251 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4252
4253 whole = XM_SB_MAX - slider_size;
4254 portion = min (cs->value, whole);
4255 part = scroll_bar_handle;
4256 bar->dragging = make_number (cs->value);
4257 }
4258 break;
4259
4260 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED:
4261 break;
4262 };
4263
4264 if (part >= 0)
4265 {
4266 window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
4267 last_scroll_bar_part = part;
4268 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole);
4269 }
4270 }
4271
4272
4273 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4274 #ifdef USE_GTK
4275 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4276 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4277
4278 static void
4279 xg_scroll_callback (widget, data)
4280 GtkRange *widget;
4281 gpointer data;
4282 {
4283 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) data;
4284 gdouble previous;
4285 gdouble position;
4286 gdouble *p;
4287 int diff;
4288
4289 int part = -1, whole = 0, portion = 0;
4290 GtkAdjustment *adj = GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget));
4291
4292 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar) return;
4293
4294 position = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj);
4295
4296 p = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA);
4297 if (! p)
4298 {
4299 p = (gdouble*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble));
4300 *p = XG_SB_MIN;
4301 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA, p);
4302 }
4303
4304 previous = *p;
4305 *p = position;
4306
4307 diff = (int) (position - previous);
4308
4309 if (diff == (int) adj->step_increment)
4310 {
4311 part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
4312 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4313 }
4314 else if (-diff == (int) adj->step_increment)
4315 {
4316 part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
4317 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4318 }
4319 else if (diff == (int) adj->page_increment)
4320 {
4321 part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
4322 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4323 }
4324 else if (-diff == (int) adj->page_increment)
4325 {
4326 part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
4327 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4328 }
4329 else
4330 {
4331 part = scroll_bar_handle;
4332 whole = adj->upper - adj->page_size;
4333 portion = min ((int)position, whole);
4334 bar->dragging = make_number ((int)portion);
4335 }
4336
4337 if (part >= 0)
4338 {
4339 window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
4340 last_scroll_bar_part = part;
4341 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole);
4342 }
4343 }
4344
4345 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4346
4347 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4348 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4349 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4350 the thumb is. */
4351
4352 static void
4353 xaw_jump_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
4354 Widget widget;
4355 XtPointer client_data, call_data;
4356 {
4357 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
4358 float top = *(float *) call_data;
4359 float shown;
4360 int whole, portion, height;
4361 int part;
4362
4363 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4364 BLOCK_INPUT;
4365 XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNshown, &shown, XtNheight, &height, NULL);
4366 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4367
4368 whole = 10000000;
4369 portion = shown < 1 ? top * whole : 0;
4370
4371 if (shown < 1 && (abs (top + shown - 1) < 1.0/height))
4372 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4373 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4374 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4375 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4376 bottom). */
4377 part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
4378 else
4379 part = scroll_bar_handle;
4380
4381 window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
4382 bar->dragging = make_number (portion);
4383 last_scroll_bar_part = part;
4384 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole);
4385 }
4386
4387
4388 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4389 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4390 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4391 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4392 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4393 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4394 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4395
4396 static void
4397 xaw_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
4398 Widget widget;
4399 XtPointer client_data, call_data;
4400 {
4401 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
4402 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4403 int position = (long) call_data;
4404 Dimension height;
4405 int part;
4406
4407 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4408 BLOCK_INPUT;
4409 XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL);
4410 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4411
4412 if (abs (position) >= height)
4413 part = (position < 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle : scroll_bar_below_handle;
4414
4415 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4416 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4417 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll && abs (position) <= max (5, height / 20))
4418 part = (position < 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow : scroll_bar_down_arrow;
4419 else
4420 part = scroll_bar_move_ratio;
4421
4422 window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
4423 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4424 last_scroll_bar_part = part;
4425 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, position, height);
4426 }
4427
4428 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4429 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4430
4431 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4432
4433 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4434 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4435
4436 #ifdef USE_GTK
4437 static void
4438 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar)
4439 struct frame *f;
4440 struct scroll_bar *bar;
4441 {
4442 char *scroll_bar_name = SCROLL_BAR_NAME;
4443
4444 BLOCK_INPUT;
4445 xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback),
4446 scroll_bar_name);
4447 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4448 }
4449
4450 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4451
4452 static void
4453 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar)
4454 struct frame *f;
4455 struct scroll_bar *bar;
4456 {
4457 Window xwindow;
4458 Widget widget;
4459 Arg av[20];
4460 int ac = 0;
4461 char *scroll_bar_name = SCROLL_BAR_NAME;
4462 unsigned long pixel;
4463
4464 BLOCK_INPUT;
4465
4466 #ifdef USE_MOTIF
4467 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4468 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac;
4469 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNminimum, 0); ++ac;
4470 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNmaximum, XM_SB_MAX); ++ac;
4471 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNorientation, XmVERTICAL); ++ac;
4472 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNprocessingDirection, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM), ++ac;
4473 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNincrement, 1); ++ac;
4474 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNpageIncrement, 1); ++ac;
4475
4476 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel;
4477 if (pixel != -1)
4478 {
4479 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNforeground, pixel);
4480 ++ac;
4481 }
4482
4483 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
4484 if (pixel != -1)
4485 {
4486 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNbackground, pixel);
4487 ++ac;
4488 }
4489
4490 widget = XmCreateScrollBar (f->output_data.x->edit_widget,
4491 scroll_bar_name, av, ac);
4492
4493 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4494 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
4495 (XtPointer) bar);
4496 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdragCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
4497 (XtPointer) bar);
4498 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNincrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
4499 (XtPointer) bar);
4500 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageDecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
4501 (XtPointer) bar);
4502 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageIncrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
4503 (XtPointer) bar);
4504 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoBottomCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
4505 (XtPointer) bar);
4506 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoTopCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
4507 (XtPointer) bar);
4508
4509 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4510 XtRealizeWidget (widget);
4511
4512 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4513 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4514 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget), XtWindow (widget),
4515 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
4516
4517 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4518
4519 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4520 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4521 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4522 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4523 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac;
4524 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNorientation, XtorientVertical); ++ac;
4525 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4526 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4527
4528 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel;
4529 if (pixel != -1)
4530 {
4531 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNforeground, pixel);
4532 ++ac;
4533 }
4534
4535 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
4536 if (pixel != -1)
4537 {
4538 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbackground, pixel);
4539 ++ac;
4540 }
4541
4542 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4543
4544 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4545 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel == -1)
4546 {
4547 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
4548 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f),
4549 &pixel, 1.2, 0x8000))
4550 pixel = -1;
4551 f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel = pixel;
4552 }
4553 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel == -1)
4554 {
4555 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
4556 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f),
4557 &pixel, 0.6, 0x4000))
4558 pixel = -1;
4559 f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel = pixel;
4560 }
4561
4562 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4563 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel == -1
4564 || f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel == -1)
4565 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4566 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4567 {
4568 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, True);
4569 ++ac;
4570 }
4571 else
4572 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4573 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4574 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4575 {
4576 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4577 the shadows. */
4578 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, False);
4579 ++ac;
4580
4581 /* Specify the colors. */
4582 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel;
4583 if (pixel != -1)
4584 {
4585 XtSetArg (av[ac], "topShadowPixel", pixel);
4586 ++ac;
4587 }
4588 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel;
4589 if (pixel != -1)
4590 {
4591 XtSetArg (av[ac], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel);
4592 ++ac;
4593 }
4594 }
4595
4596 widget = XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name, scrollbarWidgetClass,
4597 f->output_data.x->edit_widget, av, ac);
4598
4599 {
4600 char *initial = "";
4601 char *val = initial;
4602 XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNscrollVCursor, (XtPointer) &val,
4603 XtNpickTop, (XtPointer) &xaw3d_pick_top, NULL);
4604 if (val == initial)
4605 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4606 xaw3d_arrow_scroll = True;
4607 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4608 XtVaSetValues (widget, XtNcursorName, "top_left_arrow", NULL);
4609 }
4610 }
4611
4612 /* Define callbacks. */
4613 XtAddCallback (widget, XtNjumpProc, xaw_jump_callback, (XtPointer) bar);
4614 XtAddCallback (widget, XtNscrollProc, xaw_scroll_callback,
4615 (XtPointer) bar);
4616
4617 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4618 XtRealizeWidget (widget);
4619
4620 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4621
4622 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4623 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4624 if (action_hook_id == 0)
4625 action_hook_id = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con, xt_action_hook, 0);
4626
4627 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4628 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar, widget);
4629 xwindow = XtWindow (widget);
4630 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, xwindow);
4631
4632 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4633 }
4634 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4635
4636
4637 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4638 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4639
4640 #ifdef USE_GTK
4641 static void
4642 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
4643 struct scroll_bar *bar;
4644 int portion, position, whole;
4645 {
4646 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
4647 }
4648
4649 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4650 static void
4651 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
4652 struct scroll_bar *bar;
4653 int portion, position, whole;
4654 {
4655 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
4656 Widget widget = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar);
4657 float top, shown;
4658
4659 BLOCK_INPUT;
4660
4661 #ifdef USE_MOTIF
4662
4663 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4664 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4665 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4666 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4667 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4668 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4669 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4670 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4671 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4672 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4673 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4674 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30;
4675 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4676 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4677 whole += portion;
4678
4679 if (whole <= 0)
4680 top = 0, shown = 1;
4681 else
4682 {
4683 top = (float) position / whole;
4684 shown = (float) portion / whole;
4685 }
4686
4687 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
4688 {
4689 int size, value;
4690
4691 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4692 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4693 value. */
4694 size = shown * XM_SB_MAX;
4695 size = min (size, XM_SB_MAX);
4696 size = max (size, 1);
4697
4698 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4699 value = top * XM_SB_MAX;
4700 value = min (value, XM_SB_MAX - size);
4701
4702 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, size, 0, 0, False);
4703 }
4704 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4705
4706 if (whole == 0)
4707 top = 0, shown = 1;
4708 else
4709 {
4710 top = (float) position / whole;
4711 shown = (float) portion / whole;
4712 }
4713
4714 {
4715 float old_top, old_shown;
4716 Dimension height;
4717 XtVaGetValues (widget,
4718 XtNtopOfThumb, &old_top,
4719 XtNshown, &old_shown,
4720 XtNheight, &height,
4721 NULL);
4722
4723 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4724 if (NILP (bar->dragging) || last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)
4725 top = max (0, min (1, top));
4726 else
4727 top = old_top;
4728 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4729 shown = max (0, min (1 - top - (2.0 / height), shown));
4730
4731 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4732 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4733 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4734 if (top != old_top || shown != old_shown)
4735 {
4736 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
4737 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown);
4738 else
4739 {
4740 #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D
4741 ScrollbarWidget sb = (ScrollbarWidget) widget;
4742 int scroll_mode = 0;
4743
4744 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4745 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll)
4746 {
4747 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4748 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4749 scroll_mode = sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode;
4750 if (scroll_mode == 2)
4751 sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = 0;
4752 }
4753 #endif
4754 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4755 if (!xaw3d_pick_top)
4756 shown = min (shown, old_shown);
4757
4758 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown);
4759
4760 #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D
4761 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll && scroll_mode == 2)
4762 sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = scroll_mode;
4763 #endif
4764 }
4765 }
4766 }
4767 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4768
4769 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4770 }
4771 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4772
4773 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4774
4775
4776 \f
4777 /************************************************************************
4778 Scroll bars, general
4779 ************************************************************************/
4780
4781 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4782 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4783 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4784 scroll bar. */
4785
4786 static struct scroll_bar *
4787 x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
4788 struct window *w;
4789 int top, left, width, height;
4790 {
4791 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4792 struct scroll_bar *bar
4793 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
4794
4795 BLOCK_INPUT;
4796
4797 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4798 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar);
4799 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4800 {
4801 XSetWindowAttributes a;
4802 unsigned long mask;
4803 Window window;
4804
4805 a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
4806 if (a.background_pixel == -1)
4807 a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel;
4808
4809 a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask
4810 | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask
4811 | ExposureMask);
4812 a.cursor = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
4813
4814 mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor);
4815
4816 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4817 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4818 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4819 if (width > 0 && height > 0)
4820 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4821 left, top, width,
4822 window_box_height (w), False);
4823
4824 window = XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4825 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4826 left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
4827 top,
4828 width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
4829 height,
4830 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4831 0,
4832 CopyFromParent,
4833 CopyFromParent,
4834 CopyFromParent,
4835 /* Attributes. */
4836 mask, &a);
4837 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, window);
4838 }
4839 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4840
4841 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
4842 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
4843 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
4844 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
4845 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
4846 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
4847 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
4848 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4849
4850 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4851 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
4852 bar->prev = Qnil;
4853 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
4854 if (!NILP (bar->next))
4855 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
4856
4857 /* Map the window/widget. */
4858 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4859 {
4860 #ifdef USE_GTK
4861 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f,
4862 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar),
4863 top,
4864 left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
4865 width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
4866 max (height, 1));
4867 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
4868 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4869 Widget scroll_bar = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar);
4870 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar,
4871 left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
4872 top,
4873 width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
4874 max (height, 1), 0);
4875 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar);
4876 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4877 }
4878 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4879 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
4880 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4881
4882 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4883 return bar;
4884 }
4885
4886
4887 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4888
4889 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4890 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4891 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4892 events.)
4893
4894 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4895 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4896 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4897 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4898 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4899
4900 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4901
4902 static void
4903 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
4904 struct scroll_bar *bar;
4905 int start, end;
4906 int rebuild;
4907 {
4908 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
4909 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
4910 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
4911 GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
4912
4913 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4914 if (! rebuild
4915 && start == XINT (bar->start)
4916 && end == XINT (bar->end))
4917 return;
4918
4919 BLOCK_INPUT;
4920
4921 {
4922 int inside_width = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f, XINT (bar->width));
4923 int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
4924 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
4925
4926 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4927 the distance between start and end. */
4928 {
4929 int length = end - start;
4930
4931 if (start < 0)
4932 start = 0;
4933 else if (start > top_range)
4934 start = top_range;
4935 end = start + length;
4936
4937 if (end < start)
4938 end = start;
4939 else if (end > top_range && ! dragging)
4940 end = top_range;
4941 }
4942
4943 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4944 XSETINT (bar->start, start);
4945 XSETINT (bar->end, end);
4946
4947 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4948 if (end > top_range)
4949 end = top_range;
4950
4951 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4952 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4953 that many pixels tall. */
4954 end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
4955
4956 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4957 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4958 if (0 < start)
4959 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w,
4960 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4961 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
4962 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER,
4963 inside_width, start,
4964 False);
4965
4966 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4967 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1)
4968 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
4969 f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel);
4970
4971 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4972 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,
4973 /* x, y, width, height */
4974 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
4975 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start,
4976 inside_width, end - start);
4977
4978 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4979 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1)
4980 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
4981 f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);
4982
4983 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4984 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4985 if (end < inside_height)
4986 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w,
4987 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4988 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
4989 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + end,
4990 inside_width, inside_height - end,
4991 False);
4992
4993 }
4994
4995 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4996 }
4997
4998 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4999
5000 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5001 nil. */
5002
5003 static void
5004 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
5005 struct scroll_bar *bar;
5006 {
5007 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
5008 BLOCK_INPUT;
5009
5010 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5011 #ifdef USE_GTK
5012 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
5013 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5014 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar));
5015 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5016 #else
5017 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
5018 #endif
5019
5020 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5021 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
5022
5023 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5024 }
5025
5026
5027 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5028 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5029 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5030 create one. */
5031
5032 static void
5033 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
5034 struct window *w;
5035 int portion, whole, position;
5036 {
5037 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5038 struct scroll_bar *bar;
5039 int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width;
5040 int window_y, window_height;
5041
5042 /* Get window dimensions. */
5043 window_box (w, -1, 0, &window_y, 0, &window_height);
5044 top = window_y;
5045 width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
5046 height = window_height;
5047
5048 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5049 left = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w);
5050
5051 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5052 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5053 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w) > 0)
5054 sb_width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w);
5055 else
5056 sb_width = width;
5057
5058 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5059 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5060 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w))
5061 sb_left = (left +
5062 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
5063 ? width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2
5064 : 0));
5065 else
5066 sb_left = (left +
5067 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w)
5068 ? (width - sb_width) / 2
5069 : width - sb_width));
5070 #else
5071 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w))
5072 sb_left = left + width - sb_width;
5073 else
5074 sb_left = left;
5075 #endif
5076
5077 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5078 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
5079 {
5080 if (width > 0 && height > 0)
5081 {
5082 BLOCK_INPUT;
5083 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
5084 left, top, width, height, False);
5085 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5086 }
5087
5088 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height);
5089 }
5090 else
5091 {
5092 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5093 unsigned int mask = 0;
5094
5095 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
5096
5097 BLOCK_INPUT;
5098
5099 if (sb_left != XINT (bar->left))
5100 mask |= CWX;
5101 if (top != XINT (bar->top))
5102 mask |= CWY;
5103 if (sb_width != XINT (bar->width))
5104 mask |= CWWidth;
5105 if (height != XINT (bar->height))
5106 mask |= CWHeight;
5107
5108 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5109
5110 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5111 if (mask)
5112 {
5113 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5114 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5115 if (width > 0 && height > 0)
5116 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
5117 left, top, width, height, False);
5118 #ifdef USE_GTK
5119 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f,
5120 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar),
5121 top,
5122 sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
5123 sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM *2,
5124 max (height, 1));
5125 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5126 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar),
5127 sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
5128 top,
5129 sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
5130 max (height, 1), 0);
5131 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5132 }
5133 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5134
5135 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5136 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5137 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM)
5138 {
5139 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
5140 left, top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
5141 height, False);
5142 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
5143 left + width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
5144 top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
5145 height, False);
5146 }
5147
5148 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5149 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5150 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5151 example. */
5152 {
5153 int area_width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
5154 int rest = area_width - sb_width;
5155 if (rest > 0 && height > 0)
5156 {
5157 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w))
5158 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
5159 left + area_width - rest, top,
5160 rest, height, False);
5161 else
5162 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
5163 left, top, rest, height, False);
5164 }
5165 }
5166
5167 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5168 if (mask)
5169 {
5170 XWindowChanges wc;
5171
5172 wc.x = sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
5173 wc.y = top;
5174 wc.width = sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2;
5175 wc.height = height;
5176 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar),
5177 mask, &wc);
5178 }
5179
5180 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5181
5182 /* Remember new settings. */
5183 XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
5184 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
5185 XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
5186 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
5187
5188 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5189 }
5190
5191 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5192 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
5193 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5194 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5195 dragged. */
5196 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
5197 {
5198 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height);
5199
5200 if (whole == 0)
5201 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
5202 else
5203 {
5204 int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole;
5205 int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole;
5206 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
5207 }
5208 }
5209 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5210
5211 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
5212 }
5213
5214
5215 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5216 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5217 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5218 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5219 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5220 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5221 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5222
5223 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5224 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5225 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5226
5227 static void
5228 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame)
5229 FRAME_PTR frame;
5230 {
5231 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5232 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
5233 {
5234 Lisp_Object bar;
5235 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
5236 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
5237 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
5238 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
5239 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
5240 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
5241 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
5242 }
5243 }
5244
5245
5246 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5247 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5248
5249 static void
5250 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window)
5251 struct window *window;
5252 {
5253 struct scroll_bar *bar;
5254 struct frame *f;
5255
5256 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5257 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
5258 abort ();
5259
5260 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
5261
5262 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5263 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
5264 if (NILP (bar->prev))
5265 {
5266 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5267 the lists. */
5268 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
5269 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5270 return;
5271 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
5272 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
5273 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
5274 else
5275 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5276 one or the other! */
5277 abort ();
5278 }
5279 else
5280 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
5281
5282 if (! NILP (bar->next))
5283 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
5284
5285 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
5286 bar->prev = Qnil;
5287 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
5288 if (! NILP (bar->next))
5289 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
5290 }
5291
5292 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5293 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5294
5295 static void
5296 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f)
5297 FRAME_PTR f;
5298 {
5299 Lisp_Object bar, next;
5300
5301 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
5302
5303 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5304 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5305 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
5306
5307 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
5308 {
5309 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
5310
5311 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
5312
5313 next = b->next;
5314 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
5315 }
5316
5317 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5318 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5319 }
5320
5321
5322 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5323 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5324 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5325
5326 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5327 mark bits. */
5328
5329 static void
5330 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event)
5331 struct scroll_bar *bar;
5332 XEvent *event;
5333 {
5334 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
5335 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
5336 GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
5337 int width_trim = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
5338
5339 BLOCK_INPUT;
5340
5341 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1);
5342
5343 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5344 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,
5345
5346 /* x, y, width, height */
5347 0, 0,
5348 XINT (bar->width) - 1 - width_trim - width_trim,
5349 XINT (bar->height) - 1);
5350
5351 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5352
5353 }
5354 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5355
5356 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5357 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5358
5359 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5360 mark bits. */
5361
5362
5363 static void
5364 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event)
5365 struct scroll_bar *bar;
5366 XEvent *event;
5367 struct input_event *emacs_event;
5368 {
5369 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
5370 abort ();
5371
5372 emacs_event->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT;
5373 emacs_event->code = event->xbutton.button - Button1;
5374 emacs_event->modifiers
5375 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5376 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))),
5377 event->xbutton.state)
5378 | (event->type == ButtonRelease
5379 ? up_modifier
5380 : down_modifier));
5381 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
5382 emacs_event->arg = Qnil;
5383 emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time;
5384 {
5385 #if 0
5386 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
5387 int internal_height
5388 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
5389 #endif
5390 int top_range
5391 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
5392 int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;
5393
5394 if (y < 0) y = 0;
5395 if (y > top_range) y = top_range;
5396
5397 if (y < XINT (bar->start))
5398 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
5399 else if (y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE)
5400 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
5401 else
5402 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
5403
5404 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5405 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5406 whether or not we're dragging. */
5407 #if 0
5408 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5409 holding it. */
5410 if (event->type == ButtonPress
5411 && emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle)
5412 XSETINT (bar->dragging, y - XINT (bar->start));
5413 #endif
5414
5415 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5416 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5417 if (event->type == ButtonRelease
5418 && ! NILP (bar->dragging))
5419 {
5420 int new_start = y - XINT (bar->dragging);
5421 int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start));
5422
5423 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0);
5424 bar->dragging = Qnil;
5425 }
5426 #endif
5427
5428 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5429 #if 0
5430 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5431 the handle. */
5432 if (emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle)
5433 emacs_event->x = bar->start;
5434 else
5435 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
5436 #else
5437 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
5438 #endif
5439
5440 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
5441 }
5442 }
5443
5444 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5445
5446 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5447
5448 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5449 mark bits. */
5450
5451 static void
5452 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event)
5453 struct scroll_bar *bar;
5454 XEvent *event;
5455 {
5456 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame);
5457
5458 last_mouse_movement_time = event->xmotion.time;
5459
5460 f->mouse_moved = 1;
5461 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar);
5462
5463 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5464 if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging))
5465 {
5466 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5467 int new_start = event->xmotion.y - XINT (bar->dragging);
5468
5469 if (new_start != XINT (bar->start))
5470 {
5471 int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start));
5472
5473 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0);
5474 }
5475 }
5476 }
5477
5478 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5479
5480 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5481 on the scroll bar. */
5482
5483 static void
5484 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
5485 FRAME_PTR *fp;
5486 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
5487 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
5488 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
5489 unsigned long *time;
5490 {
5491 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
5492 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
5493 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
5494 int win_x, win_y;
5495 Window dummy_window;
5496 int dummy_coord;
5497 unsigned int dummy_mask;
5498
5499 BLOCK_INPUT;
5500
5501 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5502 report that. */
5503 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w,
5504
5505 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5506 &dummy_window, &dummy_window,
5507 &dummy_coord, &dummy_coord,
5508
5509 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5510 &win_x, &win_y,
5511
5512 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5513 &dummy_mask))
5514 ;
5515 else
5516 {
5517 #if 0
5518 int inside_height
5519 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
5520 #endif
5521 int top_range
5522 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
5523
5524 win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;
5525
5526 if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
5527 win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging);
5528
5529 if (win_y < 0)
5530 win_y = 0;
5531 if (win_y > top_range)
5532 win_y = top_range;
5533
5534 *fp = f;
5535 *bar_window = bar->window;
5536
5537 if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
5538 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
5539 else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start))
5540 *part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
5541 else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE)
5542 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
5543 else
5544 *part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
5545
5546 XSETINT (*x, win_y);
5547 XSETINT (*y, top_range);
5548
5549 f->mouse_moved = 0;
5550 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
5551 }
5552
5553 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
5554
5555 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5556 }
5557
5558
5559 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5560 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5561 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5562 redraw them. */
5563
5564 void
5565 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
5566 FRAME_PTR f;
5567 {
5568 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5569 Lisp_Object bar;
5570
5571 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5572 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5573 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5574 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
5575 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
5576 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
5577 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
5578 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)),
5579 0, 0, 0, 0, True);
5580 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5581 }
5582
5583 \f
5584 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5585
5586 #if 0
5587 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5588 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5589 sometimes don't work. */
5590
5591 static Time enter_timestamp;
5592 #endif
5593
5594 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5595 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5596 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5597 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5598
5599 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5600 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5601
5602 static XComposeStatus compose_status;
5603
5604 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5605 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5606
5607 static int temp_index;
5608 static short temp_buffer[100];
5609
5610 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5611 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5612 temp_index = 0; \
5613 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5614
5615 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5616 on a particular display. */
5617
5618 struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error;
5619
5620 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5621 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5622 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5623 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5624
5625 static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo;
5626
5627 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5628 do \
5629 { \
5630 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5631 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5632 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5633 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5634 inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5635 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); \
5636 } \
5637 while (0)
5638
5639 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5640 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5641
5642
5643 enum
5644 {
5645 X_EVENT_NORMAL,
5646 X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT,
5647 X_EVENT_DROP
5648 };
5649
5650 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5651 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5652 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5653
5654 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5655 this event further.
5656 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5657
5658 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
5659 static int
5660 x_filter_event (dpyinfo, event)
5661 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
5662 XEvent *event;
5663 {
5664 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5665 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5666 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5667 was created. */
5668
5669 struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
5670 event->xclient.window);
5671
5672 return XFilterEvent (event, f1 ? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1) : None);
5673 }
5674 #endif
5675
5676 #ifdef USE_GTK
5677 static int current_count;
5678 static int current_finish;
5679 static struct input_event *current_hold_quit;
5680
5681 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5682 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5683 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5684 static GdkFilterReturn
5685 event_handler_gdk (gxev, ev, data)
5686 GdkXEvent *gxev;
5687 GdkEvent *ev;
5688 gpointer data;
5689 {
5690 XEvent *xev = (XEvent *) gxev;
5691
5692 if (current_count >= 0)
5693 {
5694 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
5695
5696 dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (xev->xany.display);
5697
5698 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
5699 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5700 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5701 so we do it here. */
5702 if (xev->type == KeyPress || xev->type == KeyRelease)
5703 if (dpyinfo && x_filter_event (dpyinfo, xev))
5704 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE;
5705 #endif
5706
5707 if (! dpyinfo)
5708 current_finish = X_EVENT_NORMAL;
5709 else
5710 {
5711 current_count +=
5712 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo, xev, &current_finish,
5713 current_hold_quit);
5714 }
5715 }
5716 else
5717 current_finish = x_dispatch_event (xev, xev->xany.display);
5718
5719 if (current_finish == X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT || current_finish == X_EVENT_DROP)
5720 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE;
5721
5722 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE;
5723 }
5724 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5725
5726
5727 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5728
5729 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5730 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5731 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5732
5733 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5734
5735 static int
5736 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo, eventp, finish, hold_quit)
5737 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
5738 XEvent *eventp;
5739 int *finish;
5740 struct input_event *hold_quit;
5741 {
5742 struct input_event inev;
5743 int count = 0;
5744 int do_help = 0;
5745 int nbytes = 0;
5746 struct frame *f;
5747 struct coding_system coding;
5748 XEvent event = *eventp;
5749
5750 *finish = X_EVENT_NORMAL;
5751
5752 EVENT_INIT (inev);
5753 inev.kind = NO_EVENT;
5754 inev.arg = Qnil;
5755
5756 switch (event.type)
5757 {
5758 case ClientMessage:
5759 {
5760 if (event.xclient.message_type
5761 == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols
5762 && event.xclient.format == 32)
5763 {
5764 if (event.xclient.data.l[0]
5765 == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus)
5766 {
5767 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5768 could be the shell widget window
5769 if the frame has no title bar. */
5770 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
5771 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
5772 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5773 if (f && FRAME_XIC (f))
5774 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f));
5775 #endif
5776 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5777 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5778 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5779 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5780 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5781 needed.
5782
5783 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5784 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5785 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5786 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5787 Emacs. */
5788
5789 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5790 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5791 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5792 if (f)
5793 {
5794 Display *d = event.xclient.display;
5795 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5796 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5797 int count = x_catch_errors (d);
5798 XSetInputFocus (d, event.xclient.window,
5799 /* The ICCCM says this is
5800 the only valid choice. */
5801 RevertToParent,
5802 event.xclient.data.l[1]);
5803 /* This is needed to detect the error
5804 if there is an error. */
5805 XSync (d, False);
5806 x_uncatch_errors (d, count);
5807 }
5808 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5809 #endif /* 0 */
5810 goto done;
5811 }
5812
5813 if (event.xclient.data.l[0]
5814 == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself)
5815 {
5816 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5817 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5818 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5819 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5820 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5821 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5822 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5823 session manager and one for this. */
5824 #ifdef HAVE_X_SM
5825 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5826 #endif
5827 {
5828 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
5829 event.xclient.window);
5830 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5831 for a single Emacs process. */
5832 if (f == SELECTED_FRAME ())
5833 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
5834 event.xclient.window,
5835 initial_argv, initial_argc);
5836 else if (f)
5837 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
5838 event.xclient.window,
5839 0, 0);
5840 }
5841 goto done;
5842 }
5843
5844 if (event.xclient.data.l[0]
5845 == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window)
5846 {
5847 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
5848 event.xclient.window);
5849 if (!f)
5850 goto OTHER; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5851
5852 inev.kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT;
5853 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f);
5854 goto done;
5855 }
5856
5857 goto done;
5858 }
5859
5860 if (event.xclient.message_type
5861 == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied)
5862 {
5863 goto done;
5864 }
5865
5866 if (event.xclient.message_type
5867 == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved)
5868 {
5869 int new_x, new_y;
5870 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
5871
5872 new_x = event.xclient.data.s[0];
5873 new_y = event.xclient.data.s[1];
5874
5875 if (f)
5876 {
5877 f->left_pos = new_x;
5878 f->top_pos = new_y;
5879 }
5880 goto done;
5881 }
5882
5883 #ifdef HACK_EDITRES
5884 if (event.xclient.message_type
5885 == dpyinfo->Xatom_editres)
5886 {
5887 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
5888 _XEditResCheckMessages (f->output_data.x->widget, NULL,
5889 &event, NULL);
5890 goto done;
5891 }
5892 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5893
5894 if ((event.xclient.message_type
5895 == dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE)
5896 || (event.xclient.message_type
5897 == dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE))
5898 {
5899 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5900 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5901 currently never do because we are interested in
5902 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5903 Pixmap pixmap = (Pixmap) event.xclient.data.l[1];
5904 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
5905 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap, f);
5906 expose_frame (f, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5907 goto done;
5908 }
5909
5910 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5911 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5912 we construct an input_event. */
5913 if (event.xclient.message_type
5914 == dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar)
5915 {
5916 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event, &inev);
5917 *finish = X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT;
5918 goto done;
5919 }
5920 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5921
5922 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
5923
5924 if (!f)
5925 goto OTHER;
5926
5927 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f, &event.xclient, dpyinfo, &inev))
5928 *finish = X_EVENT_DROP;
5929 }
5930 break;
5931
5932 case SelectionNotify:
5933 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5934 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselection.requestor))
5935 goto OTHER;
5936 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5937 x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection);
5938 break;
5939
5940 case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5941 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5942 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window))
5943 goto OTHER;
5944 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5945 {
5946 XSelectionClearEvent *eventp = (XSelectionClearEvent *) &event;
5947
5948 inev.kind = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
5949 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev) = eventp->display;
5950 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev) = eventp->selection;
5951 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev) = eventp->time;
5952 inev.frame_or_window = Qnil;
5953 }
5954 break;
5955
5956 case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5957 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5958 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner))
5959 goto OTHER;
5960 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5961 {
5962 XSelectionRequestEvent *eventp
5963 = (XSelectionRequestEvent *) &event;
5964
5965 inev.kind = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
5966 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev) = eventp->display;
5967 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev) = eventp->requestor;
5968 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev) = eventp->selection;
5969 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev) = eventp->target;
5970 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev) = eventp->property;
5971 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev) = eventp->time;
5972 inev.frame_or_window = Qnil;
5973 }
5974 break;
5975
5976 case PropertyNotify:
5977 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5978 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5979 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5980 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5981 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xproperty.window))
5982 goto OTHER;
5983 #endif
5984 #endif
5985 x_handle_property_notify (&event.xproperty);
5986 goto OTHER;
5987
5988 case ReparentNotify:
5989 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xreparent.window);
5990 if (f)
5991 {
5992 int x, y;
5993 f->output_data.x->parent_desc = event.xreparent.parent;
5994 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
5995 f->left_pos = x;
5996 f->top_pos = y;
5997
5998 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5999 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->wm_type = X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN;
6000 }
6001 goto OTHER;
6002
6003 case Expose:
6004 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window);
6005 if (f)
6006 {
6007 x_check_fullscreen (f);
6008
6009 if (f->async_visible == 0)
6010 {
6011 f->async_visible = 1;
6012 f->async_iconified = 0;
6013 f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
6014 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
6015 }
6016 else
6017 expose_frame (f,
6018 event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
6019 event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
6020 }
6021 else
6022 {
6023 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6024 struct scroll_bar *bar;
6025 #endif
6026 #if defined USE_LUCID
6027 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6028 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6029 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6030 {
6031 Widget widget
6032 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event.xexpose.window);
6033 if (widget)
6034 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget);
6035 }
6036 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6037
6038 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6039 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6040 goto OTHER;
6041 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6042 bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.display,
6043 event.xexpose.window);
6044
6045 if (bar)
6046 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event);
6047 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6048 else
6049 goto OTHER;
6050 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6051 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6052 }
6053 break;
6054
6055 case GraphicsExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6056 source area was obscured or not
6057 available. */
6058 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable);
6059 if (f)
6060 {
6061 expose_frame (f,
6062 event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y,
6063 event.xgraphicsexpose.width,
6064 event.xgraphicsexpose.height);
6065 }
6066 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6067 else
6068 goto OTHER;
6069 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6070 break;
6071
6072 case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6073 source area was completely
6074 available. */
6075 break;
6076
6077 case UnmapNotify:
6078 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6079 if (event.xmap.window == tip_window)
6080 {
6081 tip_window = 0;
6082 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6083 }
6084
6085 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window);
6086 if (f) /* F may no longer exist if
6087 the frame was deleted. */
6088 {
6089 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6090 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6091 display that won't ever be seen. */
6092 f->async_visible = 0;
6093 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6094 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6095 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6096 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6097 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6098 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6099 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f))
6100 {
6101 f->async_iconified = 1;
6102
6103 inev.kind = ICONIFY_EVENT;
6104 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f);
6105 }
6106 }
6107 goto OTHER;
6108
6109 case MapNotify:
6110 if (event.xmap.window == tip_window)
6111 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6112 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6113 goto OTHER;
6114
6115 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6116 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6117 frame is visible. */
6118 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window);
6119 if (f)
6120 {
6121 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6122 the frame's display structures.
6123 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6124 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6125 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6126 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6127 if (! f->async_iconified)
6128 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
6129
6130 f->async_visible = 1;
6131 f->async_iconified = 0;
6132 f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
6133
6134 if (f->iconified)
6135 {
6136 inev.kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT;
6137 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f);
6138 }
6139 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
6140 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
6141 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6142 to update the frame titles
6143 in case this is the second frame. */
6144 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6145 }
6146 goto OTHER;
6147
6148 case KeyPress:
6149
6150 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout = 0;
6151
6152 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6153 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6154 if (popup_activated ())
6155 goto OTHER;
6156 #endif
6157
6158 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window);
6159
6160 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
6161 {
6162 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6163 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
6164 }
6165
6166 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6167 if (f == 0)
6168 {
6169 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6170 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6171 Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo->display,
6172 event.xkey.window);
6173 if (widget && XmIsScrollBar (widget))
6174 {
6175 widget = XtParent (widget);
6176 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, XtWindow (widget));
6177 }
6178 }
6179 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6180
6181 if (f != 0)
6182 {
6183 KeySym keysym, orig_keysym;
6184 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6185 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6186 his Emacs hang.
6187
6188 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6189 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6190 status_return even if the input is too long to
6191 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6192 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6193 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6194 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6195 unsigned char copy_buffer[513];
6196 unsigned char *copy_bufptr = copy_buffer;
6197 int copy_bufsiz = sizeof (copy_buffer);
6198 int modifiers;
6199 Lisp_Object coding_system = Qlatin_1;
6200 Lisp_Object c;
6201
6202 #ifdef USE_GTK
6203 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6204 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6205 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6206 (see above). */
6207 *finish = X_EVENT_DROP;
6208 #endif
6209
6210 event.xkey.state
6211 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
6212 extra_keyboard_modifiers);
6213 modifiers = event.xkey.state;
6214
6215 /* This will have to go some day... */
6216
6217 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6218 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6219 event.xkey.state &= ~ControlMask;
6220 event.xkey.state &= ~(dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask
6221 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask
6222 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask
6223 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask);
6224
6225 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6226 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6227 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6228 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6229 not it is combined with Meta. */
6230 if (modifiers & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
6231 bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status));
6232
6233 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
6234 if (FRAME_XIC (f))
6235 {
6236 Status status_return;
6237
6238 coding_system = Vlocale_coding_system;
6239 nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f),
6240 &event.xkey, copy_bufptr,
6241 copy_bufsiz, &keysym,
6242 &status_return);
6243 if (status_return == XBufferOverflow)
6244 {
6245 copy_bufsiz = nbytes + 1;
6246 copy_bufptr = (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz);
6247 nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f),
6248 &event.xkey, copy_bufptr,
6249 copy_bufsiz, &keysym,
6250 &status_return);
6251 }
6252 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6253 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6254 else if (status_return == XLookupKeySym)
6255 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6256 coding_system = Qutf_8;
6257 nbytes = Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f),
6258 &event.xkey, copy_bufptr,
6259 copy_bufsiz, &keysym,
6260 &status_return);
6261 if (status_return == XBufferOverflow)
6262 {
6263 copy_bufsiz = nbytes + 1;
6264 copy_bufptr = (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz);
6265 nbytes = Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f),
6266 &event.xkey,
6267 copy_bufptr,
6268 copy_bufsiz, &keysym,
6269 &status_return);
6270 }
6271 }
6272 #endif
6273
6274 if (status_return == XLookupNone)
6275 break;
6276 else if (status_return == XLookupChars)
6277 {
6278 keysym = NoSymbol;
6279 modifiers = 0;
6280 }
6281 else if (status_return != XLookupKeySym
6282 && status_return != XLookupBoth)
6283 abort ();
6284 }
6285 else
6286 nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_bufptr,
6287 copy_bufsiz, &keysym,
6288 &compose_status);
6289 #else
6290 nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_bufptr,
6291 copy_bufsiz, &keysym,
6292 &compose_status);
6293 #endif
6294
6295 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6296 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6297 if (compose_status.chars_matched > 0 && nbytes == 0)
6298 break;
6299
6300 orig_keysym = keysym;
6301
6302 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6303 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f);
6304 inev.modifiers
6305 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), modifiers);
6306 inev.timestamp = event.xkey.time;
6307
6308 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6309 translations to characters. */
6310 if (keysym >= 32 && keysym < 128)
6311 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6312 {
6313 inev.kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
6314 inev.code = keysym;
6315 goto done_keysym;
6316 }
6317
6318 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6319 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table)
6320 && (NATNUMP (c = Fgethash (make_number (keysym),
6321 Vx_keysym_table,
6322 Qnil))))
6323 {
6324 inev.kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c))
6325 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6326 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT);
6327 inev.code = XFASTINT (c);
6328 goto done_keysym;
6329 }
6330
6331 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6332 if (((keysym >= XK_BackSpace && keysym <= XK_Escape)
6333 || keysym == XK_Delete
6334 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6335 || (keysym >= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6336 && keysym <= XK_ISO_Enter)
6337 #endif
6338 || IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6339 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6340 #ifdef HPUX
6341 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6342 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6343 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6344 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6345 || ((unsigned) (keysym) >= XK_Select
6346 && (unsigned)(keysym) < XK_KP_Space)
6347 #endif
6348 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6349 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_circumflex
6350 #endif
6351 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6352 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_grave
6353 #endif
6354 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6355 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_tilde
6356 #endif
6357 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6358 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_diaeresis
6359 #endif
6360 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6361 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_macron
6362 #endif
6363 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6364 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_degree
6365 #endif
6366 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6367 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_acute
6368 #endif
6369 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6370 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_cedilla
6371 #endif
6372 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6373 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_breve
6374 #endif
6375 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6376 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_ogonek
6377 #endif
6378 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6379 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_caron
6380 #endif
6381 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6382 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_doubleacute
6383 #endif
6384 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6385 || orig_keysym == XK_dead_abovedot
6386 #endif
6387 || IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6388 || IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6389 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6390 || (orig_keysym & (1 << 28))
6391 || (keysym != NoSymbol && nbytes == 0))
6392 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym)
6393 #ifndef HAVE_X11R5
6394 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6395 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Mode_switch)
6396 #endif
6397 #ifdef XK_Num_Lock
6398 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Num_Lock)
6399 #endif
6400 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6401 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6402 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6403 don't have real modifiers but
6404 should be treated similarly to
6405 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6406 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6407 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym)
6408 >= XK_ISO_Lock
6409 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym)
6410 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock)
6411 #endif
6412 ))
6413 {
6414 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym);
6415 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6416 key. */
6417 inev.kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
6418 inev.code = keysym;
6419 goto done_keysym;
6420 }
6421
6422 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6423 register int i;
6424 register int c;
6425 int nchars, len;
6426
6427 for (i = 0, nchars = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6428 {
6429 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr[i]))
6430 nchars++;
6431 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr[i]);
6432 }
6433
6434 if (nchars < nbytes)
6435 {
6436 /* Decode the input data. */
6437 int require;
6438 unsigned char *p;
6439
6440 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6441 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6442 we used just above and the locale. */
6443 setup_coding_system (coding_system, &coding);
6444 coding.src_multibyte = 0;
6445 coding.dst_multibyte = 1;
6446 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6447 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6448 gives us composition information. */
6449 coding.common_flags &= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK;
6450
6451 require = MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH * nbytes;
6452 coding.destination = alloca (require);
6453 coding.dst_bytes = require;
6454 coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK;
6455 decode_coding_c_string (&coding, copy_bufptr, nbytes, Qnil);
6456 nbytes = coding.produced;
6457 nchars = coding.produced_char;
6458 copy_bufptr = coding.destination;
6459 }
6460
6461 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6462 character events. */
6463 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += len)
6464 {
6465 if (nchars == nbytes)
6466 c = copy_bufptr[i], len = 1;
6467 else
6468 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr + i,
6469 nbytes - i, len);
6470 inev.kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6471 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6472 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT);
6473 inev.code = c;
6474 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev, hold_quit);
6475 }
6476
6477 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6478 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6479 count += nbytes;
6480
6481 inev.kind = NO_EVENT; /* Already stored above. */
6482
6483 if (keysym == NoSymbol)
6484 break;
6485 }
6486 }
6487 done_keysym:
6488 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
6489 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6490 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6491 client. */
6492 break;
6493 #else
6494 goto OTHER;
6495 #endif
6496
6497 case KeyRelease:
6498 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
6499 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6500 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6501 client. */
6502 break;
6503 #else
6504 goto OTHER;
6505 #endif
6506
6507 case EnterNotify:
6508 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &event, &inev);
6509
6510 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);
6511
6512 if (f && x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position)
6513 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout = event.xmotion.time + 200;
6514
6515 #if 0
6516 if (event.xcrossing.focus)
6517 {
6518 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6519 if (f && (!(f->auto_raise)
6520 || !(f->auto_lower)
6521 || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500))
6522 {
6523 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
6524 enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time;
6525 }
6526 }
6527 else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
6528 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
6529 #endif
6530
6531 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6532 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6533 if (f && !f->output_data.x->hourglass_p)
6534 note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
6535 goto OTHER;
6536
6537 case FocusIn:
6538 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &event, &inev);
6539 goto OTHER;
6540
6541 case LeaveNotify:
6542 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &event, &inev);
6543
6544 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);
6545 if (f)
6546 {
6547 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
6548 {
6549 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6550 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6551 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6552 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
6553 }
6554
6555 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6556 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6557 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6558 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6559 if (any_help_event_p)
6560 do_help = -1;
6561 }
6562 goto OTHER;
6563
6564 case FocusOut:
6565 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &event, &inev);
6566 goto OTHER;
6567
6568 case MotionNotify:
6569 {
6570 previous_help_echo_string = help_echo_string;
6571 help_echo_string = help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
6572 help_echo_pos = -1;
6573
6574 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
6575 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
6576 f = last_mouse_frame;
6577 else
6578 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window);
6579
6580 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
6581 {
6582 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
6583 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6584 }
6585
6586 if (f)
6587 {
6588
6589 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6590 if (mouse_autoselect_window)
6591 {
6592 Lisp_Object window;
6593
6594 window = window_from_coordinates (f,
6595 event.xmotion.x, event.xmotion.y,
6596 0, 0, 0, 0);
6597
6598 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6599 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6600 will be selected iff it is active. */
6601 if (WINDOWP (window)
6602 && !EQ (window, last_window)
6603 && !EQ (window, selected_window))
6604 {
6605 inev.kind = SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT;
6606 inev.frame_or_window = window;
6607 }
6608
6609 last_window=window;
6610 }
6611 note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
6612 }
6613 else
6614 {
6615 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6616 struct scroll_bar *bar
6617 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.display,
6618 event.xmotion.window);
6619
6620 if (bar)
6621 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event);
6622 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6623
6624 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6625 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6626 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6627 }
6628
6629 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6630 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6631 if (!NILP (help_echo_string)
6632 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string))
6633 do_help = 1;
6634 goto OTHER;
6635 }
6636
6637 case ConfigureNotify:
6638 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window);
6639 if (f)
6640 {
6641 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6642 #ifdef USE_GTK
6643 xg_resize_widgets (f, event.xconfigure.width,
6644 event.xconfigure.height);
6645 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6646 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6647 do this one, the right one will come later.
6648 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6649 need to reset it below. */
6650 int dont_resize
6651 = ((f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT)
6652 && f->new_text_cols != 0);
6653 int rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, event.xconfigure.height);
6654 int columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, event.xconfigure.width);
6655
6656 if (dont_resize)
6657 goto OTHER;
6658
6659 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6660 is called by the code that handles resizing
6661 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6662
6663 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6664 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6665 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6666 if (columns != FRAME_COLS (f)
6667 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f)
6668 || event.xconfigure.width != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
6669 || event.xconfigure.height != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))
6670 {
6671 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0);
6672 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
6673 cancel_mouse_face (f);
6674 }
6675 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6676 #endif
6677
6678 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event.xconfigure.width;
6679 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event.xconfigure.height;
6680
6681 #ifdef USE_GTK
6682 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6683 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6684 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)
6685 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)))
6686 #endif
6687 {
6688 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6689 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6690 x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos);
6691
6692 x_check_expected_move (f);
6693 if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT)
6694 f->want_fullscreen &= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT|FULLSCREEN_BOTH);
6695 }
6696
6697 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
6698 if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMStatusArea))
6699 xic_set_statusarea (f);
6700 #endif
6701
6702 if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
6703 {
6704 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6705 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6706 f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
6707 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
6708 }
6709 }
6710 goto OTHER;
6711
6712 case ButtonRelease:
6713 case ButtonPress:
6714 {
6715 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6716 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6717 int tool_bar_p = 0;
6718
6719 bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status));
6720
6721 if (dpyinfo->grabbed
6722 && last_mouse_frame
6723 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
6724 f = last_mouse_frame;
6725 else
6726 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window);
6727
6728 if (f)
6729 {
6730 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6731 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6732 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)))
6733 {
6734 Lisp_Object window;
6735 int x = event.xbutton.x;
6736 int y = event.xbutton.y;
6737
6738 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6739 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
6740 {
6741 if (event.xbutton.type == ButtonPress)
6742 handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 1, 0);
6743 else
6744 handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 0,
6745 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo,
6746 event.xbutton.state));
6747 tool_bar_p = 1;
6748 }
6749 }
6750
6751 if (!tool_bar_p)
6752 if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame
6753 || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
6754 {
6755 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6756 if (! popup_activated ())
6757 #endif
6758 {
6759 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout)
6760 {
6761 if (event.type == ButtonPress
6762 && (int)(event.xbutton.time - ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout) > 0)
6763 {
6764 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout = 0;
6765 construct_mouse_click (&inev, &event, f);
6766 }
6767 if (event.type == ButtonRelease)
6768 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout = 0;
6769 }
6770 else
6771 construct_mouse_click (&inev, &event, f);
6772 }
6773 }
6774 }
6775 else
6776 {
6777 struct scroll_bar *bar
6778 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.display,
6779 event.xbutton.window);
6780
6781 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6782 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6783 scroll bars. */
6784 if (bar && event.xbutton.state & ControlMask)
6785 {
6786 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &inev);
6787 *finish = X_EVENT_DROP;
6788 }
6789 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6790 if (bar)
6791 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &inev);
6792 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6793 }
6794
6795 if (event.type == ButtonPress)
6796 {
6797 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button);
6798 last_mouse_frame = f;
6799 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6800 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6801 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6802 the ButtonPress. */
6803 if (f != 0)
6804 f->mouse_moved = 0;
6805
6806 if (!tool_bar_p)
6807 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
6808 }
6809 else
6810 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button);
6811
6812 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6813 f = x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window);
6814 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6815 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6816 Instead, save it away
6817 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6818 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6819 if (
6820 #ifdef USE_GTK
6821 ! popup_activated ()
6822 &&
6823 #endif
6824 f && event.type == ButtonPress
6825 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6826 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6827 && event.xbutton.x >= 0
6828 && event.xbutton.x < FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
6829 && event.xbutton.y >= 0
6830 && event.xbutton.y < f->output_data.x->menubar_height
6831 && event.xbutton.same_screen)
6832 {
6833 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT;
6834 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame, f);
6835 #ifdef USE_GTK
6836 *finish = X_EVENT_DROP;
6837 #endif
6838 }
6839 else if (event.type == ButtonPress)
6840 {
6841 last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
6842 goto OTHER;
6843 }
6844
6845 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6846 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6847 else if (event.type == ButtonRelease)
6848 {
6849 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame))
6850 {
6851 f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame);
6852 if (f->output_data.x)
6853 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT;
6854 }
6855 else
6856 goto OTHER;
6857 }
6858 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6859 else
6860 goto OTHER;
6861 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6862 }
6863 break;
6864
6865 case CirculateNotify:
6866 goto OTHER;
6867
6868 case CirculateRequest:
6869 goto OTHER;
6870
6871 case VisibilityNotify:
6872 goto OTHER;
6873
6874 case MappingNotify:
6875 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6876 local cache. */
6877 switch (event.xmapping.request)
6878 {
6879 case MappingModifier:
6880 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo);
6881 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6882 case MappingKeyboard:
6883 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event.xmapping);
6884 }
6885 goto OTHER;
6886
6887 default:
6888 OTHER:
6889 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6890 BLOCK_INPUT;
6891 if (*finish != X_EVENT_DROP)
6892 XtDispatchEvent (&event);
6893 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
6894 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6895 break;
6896 }
6897
6898 done:
6899 if (inev.kind != NO_EVENT)
6900 {
6901 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev, hold_quit);
6902 count++;
6903 }
6904
6905 if (do_help
6906 && !(hold_quit && hold_quit->kind != NO_EVENT))
6907 {
6908 Lisp_Object frame;
6909
6910 if (f)
6911 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6912 else
6913 frame = Qnil;
6914
6915 if (do_help > 0)
6916 {
6917 any_help_event_p = 1;
6918 gen_help_event (help_echo_string, frame, help_echo_window,
6919 help_echo_object, help_echo_pos);
6920 }
6921 else
6922 {
6923 help_echo_string = Qnil;
6924 gen_help_event (Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
6925 }
6926 count++;
6927 }
6928
6929 *eventp = event;
6930 return count;
6931 }
6932
6933
6934 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6935 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6936 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6937
6938 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6939 int
6940 x_dispatch_event (event, display)
6941 XEvent *event;
6942 Display *display;
6943 {
6944 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
6945 int finish = X_EVENT_NORMAL;
6946
6947 dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (display);
6948
6949 if (dpyinfo)
6950 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo, event, &finish, 0);
6951
6952 return finish;
6953 }
6954
6955
6956 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6957 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6958 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6959
6960 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6961 thus pretending to be `read'.
6962
6963 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6964
6965 static int
6966 XTread_socket (sd, expected, hold_quit)
6967 register int sd;
6968 int expected;
6969 struct input_event *hold_quit;
6970 {
6971 int count = 0;
6972 XEvent event;
6973 int event_found = 0;
6974 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
6975
6976 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
6977 {
6978 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
6979 return -1;
6980 }
6981
6982 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
6983 BLOCK_INPUT;
6984
6985 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6986 input_signal_count++;
6987
6988 ++handling_signal;
6989
6990 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6991 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6992 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
6993 {
6994 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6995 #ifdef FIOSNBIO
6996 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6997 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6998 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6999 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7000 fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0);
7001 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7002 #endif
7003
7004 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7005 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7006 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7007 for X connections. */
7008 #ifndef SIGIO
7009 #ifndef HAVE_SELECT
7010 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_GETFL, 0) & O_NDELAY))
7011 {
7012 extern int read_alarm_should_throw;
7013 read_alarm_should_throw = 1;
7014 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event);
7015 read_alarm_should_throw = 0;
7016 }
7017 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7018 #endif /* SIGIO */
7019 #endif
7020
7021 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7022 if (dpyinfo == XTread_socket_fake_io_error)
7023 {
7024 XTread_socket_fake_io_error = 0;
7025 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display);
7026 }
7027
7028 #ifdef HAVE_X_SM
7029 {
7030 struct input_event inev;
7031 BLOCK_INPUT;
7032 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7033 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7034 if (x_session_check_input (&inev))
7035 {
7036 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev, hold_quit);
7037 count++;
7038 }
7039 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7040 }
7041 #endif
7042
7043 #ifndef USE_GTK
7044 while (XPending (dpyinfo->display))
7045 {
7046 int finish;
7047
7048 XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event);
7049
7050 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
7051 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7052 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo, &event))
7053 break;
7054 #endif
7055 event_found = 1;
7056
7057 count += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo, &event, &finish, hold_quit);
7058
7059 if (finish == X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT)
7060 goto out;
7061 }
7062 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7063 }
7064
7065 #ifdef USE_GTK
7066
7067 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7068 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7069 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7070 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7071
7072 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7073 from all displays. */
7074
7075 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7076 {
7077 current_count = count;
7078 current_hold_quit = hold_quit;
7079
7080 gtk_main_iteration ();
7081
7082 count = current_count;
7083 current_count = -1;
7084 current_hold_quit = 0;
7085
7086 if (current_finish == X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT)
7087 break;
7088 }
7089 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7090
7091 out:;
7092
7093 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7094 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7095 if (! event_found)
7096 {
7097 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7098 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7099 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7100 x_noop_count++;
7101 if (x_noop_count >= 100)
7102 {
7103 x_noop_count=0;
7104
7105 if (next_noop_dpyinfo == 0)
7106 next_noop_dpyinfo = x_display_list;
7107
7108 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo->display);
7109
7110 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7111 next_noop_dpyinfo = next_noop_dpyinfo->next;
7112 }
7113 }
7114
7115 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7116 raise it now. */
7117 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7118 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
7119 {
7120 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
7121 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
7122 }
7123
7124 --handling_signal;
7125 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7126
7127 return count;
7128 }
7129
7130
7131
7132 \f
7133 /***********************************************************************
7134 Text Cursor
7135 ***********************************************************************/
7136
7137 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7138 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7139
7140 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7141 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7142 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7143
7144 static void
7145 x_clip_to_row (w, row, area, gc)
7146 struct window *w;
7147 struct glyph_row *row;
7148 int area;
7149 GC gc;
7150 {
7151 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7152 XRectangle clip_rect;
7153 int window_x, window_y, window_width;
7154
7155 window_box (w, area, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, 0);
7156
7157 clip_rect.x = window_x;
7158 clip_rect.y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
7159 clip_rect.y = max (clip_rect.y, window_y);
7160 clip_rect.width = window_width;
7161 clip_rect.height = row->visible_height;
7162
7163 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, &clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
7164 }
7165
7166
7167 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7168
7169 static void
7170 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
7171 struct window *w;
7172 struct glyph_row *row;
7173 {
7174 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7175 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7176 Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
7177 int x, y, wd, h;
7178 XGCValues xgcv;
7179 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
7180 GC gc;
7181
7182 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7183 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7184 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
7185 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
7186 return;
7187
7188 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7189 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7190 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7191 width instead. */
7192 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1;
7193 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
7194 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
7195 wd = min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f), wd);
7196 w->phys_cursor_width = wd;
7197
7198 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7199 coordinates. */
7200 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
7201 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y);
7202
7203 /* Compute the proper height and ascent of the rectangle, based
7204 on the actual glyph. Using the full height of the row looks
7205 bad when there are tall images on that row. */
7206 h = max (min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f), row->height),
7207 cursor_glyph->ascent + cursor_glyph->descent);
7208 if (h < row->height)
7209 y += row->ascent /* - w->phys_cursor_ascent */ + cursor_glyph->descent - h;
7210 h--;
7211
7212 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7213 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7214 xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
7215 if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc)
7216 XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
7217 else
7218 dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7219 GCForeground, &xgcv);
7220 gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc;
7221
7222 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7223 x_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, gc);
7224 XDrawRectangle (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, x, y, wd, h);
7225 XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None);
7226 }
7227
7228
7229 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7230
7231 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7232 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7233 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7234 --gerd. */
7235
7236 static void
7237 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width, kind)
7238 struct window *w;
7239 struct glyph_row *row;
7240 int width;
7241 enum text_cursor_kinds kind;
7242 {
7243 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7244 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
7245
7246 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7247 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7248 and mini-buffer. */
7249 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
7250 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
7251 return;
7252
7253 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7254 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7255 the bar might not be in the window. */
7256 if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
7257 {
7258 struct glyph_row *row;
7259 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos);
7260 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR);
7261 }
7262 else
7263 {
7264 Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
7265 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
7266 GC gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
7267 unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;
7268 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id);
7269 XGCValues xgcv;
7270
7271 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7272 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7273 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7274 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7275 that the glyph is legible. */
7276 if (face->background == f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel)
7277 xgcv.background = xgcv.foreground = face->foreground;
7278 else
7279 xgcv.background = xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
7280 xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0;
7281
7282 if (gc)
7283 XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv);
7284 else
7285 {
7286 gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv);
7287 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc;
7288 }
7289
7290 if (width < 0)
7291 width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f);
7292 width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width);
7293
7294 w->phys_cursor_width = width;
7295 x_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, gc);
7296
7297 if (kind == BAR_CURSOR)
7298 XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc,
7299 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x),
7300 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
7301 width, row->height);
7302 else
7303 XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc,
7304 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x),
7305 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y +
7306 row->height - width),
7307 cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
7308 width);
7309
7310 XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None);
7311 }
7312 }
7313
7314
7315 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7316
7317 static void
7318 x_define_frame_cursor (f, cursor)
7319 struct frame *f;
7320 Cursor cursor;
7321 {
7322 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor);
7323 }
7324
7325
7326 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7327
7328 static void
7329 x_clear_frame_area (f, x, y, width, height)
7330 struct frame *f;
7331 int x, y, width, height;
7332 {
7333 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7334 x, y, width, height, False);
7335 }
7336
7337
7338 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7339
7340 static void
7341 x_draw_window_cursor (w, glyph_row, x, y, cursor_type, cursor_width, on_p, active_p)
7342 struct window *w;
7343 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
7344 int x, y;
7345 int cursor_type, cursor_width;
7346 int on_p, active_p;
7347 {
7348 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7349
7350 if (on_p)
7351 {
7352 w->phys_cursor_type = cursor_type;
7353 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
7354
7355 if (glyph_row->exact_window_width_line_p
7356 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
7357 {
7358 glyph_row->cursor_in_fringe_p = 1;
7359 draw_fringe_bitmap (w, glyph_row, 0);
7360 }
7361 else
7362 switch (cursor_type)
7363 {
7364 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
7365 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
7366 break;
7367
7368 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
7369 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
7370 break;
7371
7372 case BAR_CURSOR:
7373 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR);
7374 break;
7375
7376 case HBAR_CURSOR:
7377 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR);
7378 break;
7379
7380 case NO_CURSOR:
7381 w->phys_cursor_width = 0;
7382 break;
7383
7384 default:
7385 abort ();
7386 }
7387
7388 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
7389 if (w == XWINDOW (f->selected_window))
7390 if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMPreeditPosition))
7391 xic_set_preeditarea (w, x, y);
7392 #endif
7393 }
7394
7395 #ifndef XFlush
7396 if (updating_frame != f)
7397 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
7398 #endif
7399 }
7400
7401 \f
7402 /* Icons. */
7403
7404 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7405
7406 int
7407 x_bitmap_icon (f, file)
7408 struct frame *f;
7409 Lisp_Object file;
7410 {
7411 int bitmap_id;
7412
7413 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0)
7414 return 1;
7415
7416 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7417 if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0)
7418 x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap);
7419 f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0;
7420
7421 if (STRINGP (file))
7422 {
7423 #ifdef USE_GTK
7424 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7425 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7426 if (xg_set_icon (f, file))
7427 return 0;
7428 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7429 bitmap_id = x_create_bitmap_from_file (f, file);
7430 x_create_bitmap_mask (f, bitmap_id);
7431 }
7432 else
7433 {
7434 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7435 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id < 0)
7436 {
7437 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id
7438 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f, gnu_bits,
7439 gnu_width, gnu_height);
7440 x_create_bitmap_mask (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id);
7441 }
7442
7443 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7444 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7445 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7446 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7447 x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id);
7448
7449 bitmap_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id;
7450 }
7451
7452 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, bitmap_id);
7453 f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = bitmap_id;
7454
7455 return 0;
7456 }
7457
7458
7459 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7460 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7461
7462 int
7463 x_text_icon (f, icon_name)
7464 struct frame *f;
7465 char *icon_name;
7466 {
7467 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0)
7468 return 1;
7469
7470 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
7471 {
7472 XTextProperty text;
7473 text.value = (unsigned char *) icon_name;
7474 text.encoding = XA_STRING;
7475 text.format = 8;
7476 text.nitems = strlen (icon_name);
7477 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), &text);
7478 }
7479 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7480 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), icon_name);
7481 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7482
7483 if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0)
7484 x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap);
7485 f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0;
7486 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, 0);
7487
7488 return 0;
7489 }
7490 \f
7491 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7492
7493 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7494 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7495
7496 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string;
7497
7498 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7499 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7500 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7501
7502 static void
7503 x_error_catcher (display, error)
7504 Display *display;
7505 XErrorEvent *error;
7506 {
7507 XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code,
7508 SDATA (x_error_message_string),
7509 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE);
7510 }
7511
7512 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7513 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7514 operating on.
7515
7516 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7517 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7518 stored in x_error_message_string.
7519
7520 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7521 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7522
7523 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7524
7525 void x_check_errors ();
7526 static Lisp_Object x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7527
7528 int
7529 x_catch_errors (dpy)
7530 Display *dpy;
7531 {
7532 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7533
7534 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7535 XSync (dpy, False);
7536
7537 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind,
7538 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy, 0),
7539 x_error_message_string));
7540
7541 x_error_message_string = make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE);
7542 SSET (x_error_message_string, 0, 0);
7543
7544 return count;
7545 }
7546
7547 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7548
7549 static Lisp_Object
7550 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
7551 Lisp_Object old_val;
7552 {
7553 Lisp_Object first = XCAR (old_val);
7554 Display *dpy = XSAVE_VALUE (first)->pointer;
7555
7556 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7557 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7558 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy) != 0)
7559 {
7560 BLOCK_INPUT;
7561 XSync (dpy, False);
7562 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7563 }
7564
7565 x_error_message_string = XCDR (old_val);
7566 return Qnil;
7567 }
7568
7569 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7570 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7571 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7572
7573 void
7574 x_check_errors (dpy, format)
7575 Display *dpy;
7576 char *format;
7577 {
7578 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7579 XSync (dpy, False);
7580
7581 if (SREF (x_error_message_string, 0))
7582 error (format, SDATA (x_error_message_string));
7583 }
7584
7585 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7586 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7587
7588 int
7589 x_had_errors_p (dpy)
7590 Display *dpy;
7591 {
7592 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7593 XSync (dpy, False);
7594
7595 return SREF (x_error_message_string, 0) != 0;
7596 }
7597
7598 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7599
7600 void
7601 x_clear_errors (dpy)
7602 Display *dpy;
7603 {
7604 SSET (x_error_message_string, 0, 0);
7605 }
7606
7607 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7608 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7609 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7610 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7611
7612 void
7613 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
7614 Display *dpy;
7615 int count;
7616 {
7617 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7618 }
7619
7620 #if 0
7621 static unsigned int x_wire_count;
7622 x_trace_wire ()
7623 {
7624 fprintf (stderr, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count);
7625 }
7626 #endif /* ! 0 */
7627
7628 \f
7629 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7630 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7631 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7632 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7633 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7634
7635 static SIGTYPE
7636 x_connection_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7637 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7638 {
7639 #ifdef USG
7640 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7641 must reestablish each time */
7642 signal (signalnum, x_connection_signal);
7643 #endif /* USG */
7644 }
7645
7646 \f
7647 /************************************************************************
7648 Handling X errors
7649 ************************************************************************/
7650
7651 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7652
7653 static char *error_msg;
7654
7655 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7656 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7657 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7658
7659 static void
7660 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7661 {
7662 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", error_msg);
7663 exit (70);
7664 }
7665
7666 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7667 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7668
7669 static SIGTYPE
7670 x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
7671 Display *dpy;
7672 char *error_message;
7673 {
7674 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy);
7675 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
7676 int count;
7677
7678 error_msg = (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message) + 1);
7679 strcpy (error_msg, error_message);
7680 handling_signal = 0;
7681
7682 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7683 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7684 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7685 the original message here. */
7686 count = x_catch_errors (dpy);
7687
7688 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7689 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7690 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7691
7692 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7693 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7694 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7695
7696 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7697 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7698
7699 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7700 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7701 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7702
7703 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7704 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7705 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7706 if (dpyinfo)
7707 {
7708 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook) P_ ((void));
7709 fatal_error_signal_hook = x_fatal_error_signal;
7710 XtCloseDisplay (dpy);
7711 fatal_error_signal_hook = NULL;
7712 }
7713 #endif
7714
7715 #ifdef USE_GTK
7716 if (dpyinfo)
7717 xg_display_close (dpyinfo->display);
7718 #endif
7719
7720 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7721 if (dpyinfo)
7722 dpyinfo->display = 0;
7723
7724 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7725 that are on the dead display. */
7726 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7727 {
7728 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame;
7729 minibuf_frame
7730 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame))));
7731 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame))
7732 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame))
7733 && ! EQ (frame, minibuf_frame)
7734 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) == dpyinfo)
7735 Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt);
7736 }
7737
7738 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7739 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7740 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7741 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7742 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame))
7743 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame)) == dpyinfo)
7744 {
7745 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7746 trying to find a replacement. */
7747 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame = Qt;
7748 Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt);
7749 }
7750
7751 if (dpyinfo)
7752 x_delete_display (dpyinfo);
7753
7754 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count);
7755
7756 if (x_display_list == 0)
7757 {
7758 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", error_msg);
7759 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil);
7760 exit (70);
7761 }
7762
7763 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7764 #ifdef SIGIO
7765 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO));
7766 #endif
7767 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM));
7768 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7769
7770 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7771 error ("%s", error_msg);
7772 }
7773
7774
7775 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7776 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7777 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7778
7779 static void
7780 x_error_quitter (display, error)
7781 Display *display;
7782 XErrorEvent *error;
7783 {
7784 char buf[256], buf1[356];
7785
7786 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7787 original error handler. */
7788
7789 XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, buf, sizeof (buf));
7790 sprintf (buf1, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7791 buf, error->request_code);
7792 x_connection_closed (display, buf1);
7793 }
7794
7795
7796 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7797 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7798
7799 static int
7800 x_error_handler (display, error)
7801 Display *display;
7802 XErrorEvent *error;
7803 {
7804 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string))
7805 x_error_catcher (display, error);
7806 else
7807 x_error_quitter (display, error);
7808 return 0;
7809 }
7810
7811 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7812 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7813 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7814
7815 static int
7816 x_io_error_quitter (display)
7817 Display *display;
7818 {
7819 char buf[256];
7820
7821 sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display));
7822 x_connection_closed (display, buf);
7823 return 0;
7824 }
7825 \f
7826 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7827
7828 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7829 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7830 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7831 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7832
7833 Lisp_Object
7834 x_new_font (f, fontname)
7835 struct frame *f;
7836 register char *fontname;
7837 {
7838 struct font_info *fontp
7839 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, fontname);
7840
7841 if (!fontp)
7842 return Qnil;
7843
7844 if (FRAME_FONT (f) == (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font))
7845 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7846 do. */
7847 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
7848
7849 FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
7850 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
7851 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
7852
7853 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
7854 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
7855
7856 compute_fringe_widths (f, 1);
7857
7858 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7859 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0)
7860 {
7861 int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
7862 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f)
7863 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + wid-1) / wid;
7864 }
7865 else
7866 {
7867 int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
7868 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
7869 }
7870
7871 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7872 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0)
7873 {
7874 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
7875 FRAME_FONT (f)->fid);
7876 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->reverse_gc,
7877 FRAME_FONT (f)->fid);
7878 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->cursor_gc,
7879 FRAME_FONT (f)->fid);
7880
7881 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7882 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7883 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7884 if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f)
7885 x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f));
7886 }
7887
7888 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
7889 }
7890
7891 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
7892 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
7893 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
7894 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
7895 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
7896
7897 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
7898 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
7899 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
7900 Qnil. */
7901
7902 Lisp_Object
7903 x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
7904 struct frame *f;
7905 Lisp_Object fontsetname;
7906 {
7907 int fontset = fs_query_fontset (fontsetname, 0);
7908 Lisp_Object result;
7909
7910 if (fontset > 0 && f->output_data.x->fontset == fontset)
7911 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7912 to do. */
7913 return fontset_name (fontset);
7914 else if (fontset == 0)
7915 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
7916 return Qt;
7917
7918 if (fontset > 0)
7919 result = x_new_font (f, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset))));
7920 else
7921 result = x_new_font (f, SDATA (fontsetname));
7922
7923 if (!STRINGP (result))
7924 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7925 return Qnil;
7926
7927 if (fontset < 0)
7928 fontset = new_fontset_from_font_name (result);
7929
7930 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7931 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = fontset;
7932
7933 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
7934 if (FRAME_XIC (f)
7935 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusArea)))
7936 xic_set_xfontset (f, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset)));
7937 #endif
7938
7939 return fontset_name (fontset);
7940 }
7941
7942 \f
7943 /***********************************************************************
7944 X Input Methods
7945 ***********************************************************************/
7946
7947 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
7948
7949 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6
7950
7951 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7952 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7953 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7954
7955 static void
7956 xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
7957 XIM xim;
7958 XPointer client_data;
7959 XPointer call_data;
7960 {
7961 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) client_data;
7962 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
7963
7964 BLOCK_INPUT;
7965
7966 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7967 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7968 {
7969 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7970 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo)
7971 {
7972 FRAME_XIC (f) = NULL;
7973 xic_free_xfontset (f);
7974 }
7975 }
7976
7977 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7978 dpyinfo->xim = NULL;
7979 XFree (dpyinfo->xim_styles);
7980 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7981 }
7982
7983 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7984
7985 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6
7986 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7987 extern char *XSetIMValues P_ ((XIM, ...));
7988 #endif
7989
7990 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7991 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7992
7993 static void
7994 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
7995 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
7996 char *resource_name;
7997 {
7998 XIM xim;
7999
8000 #ifdef HAVE_XIM
8001 if (use_xim)
8002 {
8003 xim = XOpenIM (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, resource_name,
8004 EMACS_CLASS);
8005 dpyinfo->xim = xim;
8006
8007 if (xim)
8008 {
8009 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6
8010 XIMCallback destroy;
8011 #endif
8012
8013 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8014 XGetIMValues (xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &dpyinfo->xim_styles, NULL);
8015
8016 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6
8017 destroy.callback = xim_destroy_callback;
8018 destroy.client_data = (XPointer)dpyinfo;
8019 XSetIMValues (xim, XNDestroyCallback, &destroy, NULL);
8020 #endif
8021 }
8022 }
8023
8024 else
8025 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8026 dpyinfo->xim = NULL;
8027 }
8028
8029
8030 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8031
8032 struct xim_inst_t
8033 {
8034 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
8035 char *resource_name;
8036 };
8037
8038 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8039 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8040 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8041 when the callback was registered. */
8042
8043 static void
8044 xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
8045 Display *display;
8046 XPointer client_data;
8047 XPointer call_data;
8048 {
8049 struct xim_inst_t *xim_inst = (struct xim_inst_t *) client_data;
8050 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = xim_inst->dpyinfo;
8051
8052 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8053 if (dpyinfo->xim)
8054 return;
8055
8056 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, xim_inst->resource_name);
8057
8058 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8059 as they have no XIC. */
8060 if (dpyinfo->xim && dpyinfo->reference_count > 0)
8061 {
8062 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8063
8064 BLOCK_INPUT;
8065 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8066 {
8067 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8068
8069 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == xim_inst->dpyinfo)
8070 if (FRAME_XIC (f) == NULL)
8071 {
8072 create_frame_xic (f);
8073 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMStatusArea)
8074 xic_set_statusarea (f);
8075 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMPreeditPosition)
8076 {
8077 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->selected_window);
8078 xic_set_preeditarea (w, w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y);
8079 }
8080 }
8081 }
8082
8083 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8084 }
8085 }
8086
8087 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8088
8089
8090 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8091 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8092 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8093 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8094
8095 static void
8096 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
8097 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
8098 char *resource_name;
8099 {
8100 #ifdef HAVE_XIM
8101 if (use_xim)
8102 {
8103 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8104 struct xim_inst_t *xim_inst;
8105 int len;
8106
8107 dpyinfo->xim = NULL;
8108 xim_inst = (struct xim_inst_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t));
8109 xim_inst->dpyinfo = dpyinfo;
8110 len = strlen (resource_name);
8111 xim_inst->resource_name = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
8112 bcopy (resource_name, xim_inst->resource_name, len + 1);
8113 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb,
8114 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS,
8115 xim_instantiate_callback,
8116 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8117 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8118 least, hence the configure test. */
8119 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6) xim_inst);
8120 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8121 dpyinfo->xim = NULL;
8122 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name);
8123 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8124
8125 }
8126 else
8127 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8128 dpyinfo->xim = NULL;
8129 }
8130
8131
8132 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8133
8134 static void
8135 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)
8136 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
8137 {
8138 #ifdef HAVE_XIM
8139 if (use_xim)
8140 {
8141 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8142 if (dpyinfo->display)
8143 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb,
8144 NULL, EMACS_CLASS,
8145 xim_instantiate_callback, NULL);
8146 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8147 if (dpyinfo->display)
8148 XCloseIM (dpyinfo->xim);
8149 dpyinfo->xim = NULL;
8150 XFree (dpyinfo->xim_styles);
8151 }
8152 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8153 }
8154
8155 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8156
8157
8158 \f
8159 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8160 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8161
8162 void
8163 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
8164 struct frame *f;
8165 {
8166 int win_x = 0, win_y = 0;
8167 int flags = f->size_hint_flags;
8168
8169 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8170 is already for the top-left corner. */
8171 if (! ((flags & XNegative) || (flags & YNegative)))
8172 return;
8173
8174 /* Find the offsets of the outside upper-left corner of
8175 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8176 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8177 if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
8178 /* This is to get *_pixels_outer_diff. */
8179 x_real_positions (f, &win_x, &win_y);
8180
8181 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8182 position that fits on the screen. */
8183 if (flags & XNegative)
8184 f->left_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
8185 - 2 * FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8186 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
8187 + f->left_pos);
8188
8189 {
8190 int height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
8191
8192 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8193 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8194 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8195
8196 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8197 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8198 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8199 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8200 is right, though.
8201
8202 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8203 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8204
8205 XtVaGetValues (f->output_data.x->column_widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL);
8206 #endif
8207
8208 if (flags & YNegative)
8209 f->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
8210 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->y_pixels_outer_diff
8211
8212 /* Assume the window manager decorations are the same size on
8213 three sides, i.e. left, right and bottom. This is to
8214 compensate for the bottom part. */
8215 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8216 - height
8217 + f->top_pos);
8218 }
8219
8220 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8221 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8222 so the flags should correspond. */
8223 f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
8224 }
8225
8226 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8227 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8228 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8229 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8230 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8231
8232 void
8233 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
8234 struct frame *f;
8235 register int xoff, yoff;
8236 int change_gravity;
8237 {
8238 int modified_top, modified_left;
8239
8240 if (change_gravity > 0)
8241 {
8242 f->top_pos = yoff;
8243 f->left_pos = xoff;
8244 f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
8245 if (xoff < 0)
8246 f->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
8247 if (yoff < 0)
8248 f->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
8249 f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
8250 }
8251 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
8252
8253 BLOCK_INPUT;
8254 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
8255
8256 modified_left = f->left_pos;
8257 modified_top = f->top_pos;
8258
8259 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->wm_type == X_WMTYPE_A)
8260 {
8261 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8262 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8263 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8264 modified_left += FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->move_offset_left;
8265 modified_top += FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->move_offset_top;
8266 }
8267
8268 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),
8269 modified_left, modified_top);
8270
8271 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
8272 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->wm_type == X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN)
8273 {
8274 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->check_expected_move = 1;
8275 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->expected_top = f->top_pos;
8276 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->expected_left = f->left_pos;
8277 }
8278
8279 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8280 }
8281
8282 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8283 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8284 static void
8285 x_check_fullscreen (f)
8286 struct frame *f;
8287 {
8288 if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_BOTH)
8289 {
8290 int width, height, ign;
8291
8292 x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos);
8293
8294 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, &width, &height, &ign, &ign);
8295
8296 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8297 when setting WM manager hints.
8298 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8299 x_check_expected_move. */
8300 if (FRAME_COLS (f) != width || FRAME_LINES (f) != height)
8301 {
8302 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 1, 0);
8303 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8304 cancel_mouse_face (f);
8305
8306 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8307 f->want_fullscreen |= FULLSCREEN_WAIT;
8308 }
8309 }
8310 }
8311
8312 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8313 the window.
8314 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8315 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8316 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8317 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8318 static void
8319 x_check_expected_move (f)
8320 struct frame *f;
8321 {
8322 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->check_expected_move)
8323 {
8324 int expect_top = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->expected_top;
8325 int expect_left = FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->expected_left;
8326
8327 if (expect_top != f->top_pos || expect_left != f->left_pos)
8328 {
8329 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->wm_type = X_WMTYPE_A;
8330 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->move_offset_left = expect_left - f->left_pos;
8331 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->move_offset_top = expect_top - f->top_pos;
8332
8333 x_set_offset (f, expect_left, expect_top, 1);
8334 }
8335 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->wm_type == X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN)
8336 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->wm_type = X_WMTYPE_B;
8337
8338 /* Just do this once */
8339 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->check_expected_move = 0;
8340 }
8341 }
8342
8343
8344 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8345 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8346 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8347 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8348
8349 static void
8350 x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
8351 struct frame *f;
8352 int change_gravity;
8353 int cols, rows;
8354 {
8355 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
8356
8357 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
8358 f->scroll_bar_actual_width
8359 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
8360 ? 0
8361 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0
8362 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f)
8363 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f)));
8364
8365 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0);
8366
8367 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
8368 pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
8369
8370 f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
8371 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
8372
8373 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), False);
8374 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
8375 pixelwidth, pixelheight);
8376
8377 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8378 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8379 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8380 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8381
8382 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8383 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8384 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8385 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8386 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8387
8388 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8389 a BLOCK_INPUT. */
8390 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
8391 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
8392 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
8393
8394 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8395 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8396 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8397 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8398 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8399
8400 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
8401 }
8402
8403
8404 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8405 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8406 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8407 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8408
8409 void
8410 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
8411 struct frame *f;
8412 int change_gravity;
8413 int cols, rows;
8414 {
8415 BLOCK_INPUT;
8416
8417 #ifdef USE_GTK
8418 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f))
8419 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, cols, rows);
8420 else
8421 x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows);
8422 #elif USE_X_TOOLKIT
8423
8424 if (f->output_data.x->widget != NULL)
8425 {
8426 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8427 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8428 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8429 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8430 int xpos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x;
8431 int ypos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y;
8432 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, cols, rows);
8433 f->output_data.x->widget->core.x = xpos;
8434 f->output_data.x->widget->core.y = ypos;
8435 }
8436 else
8437 x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows);
8438
8439 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8440
8441 x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows);
8442
8443 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8444
8445 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8446 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
8447
8448 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8449 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8450 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8451 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8452 cancel_mouse_face (f);
8453
8454 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8455 }
8456 \f
8457 /* Mouse warping. */
8458
8459 void
8460 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
8461 struct frame *f;
8462 int x, y;
8463 {
8464 int pix_x, pix_y;
8465
8466 pix_x = FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f, x) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) / 2;
8467 pix_y = FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f, y) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) / 2;
8468
8469 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
8470 if (pix_x > FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
8471
8472 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
8473 if (pix_y > FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
8474
8475 BLOCK_INPUT;
8476
8477 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
8478 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y);
8479 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8480 }
8481
8482 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8483
8484 void
8485 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
8486 struct frame *f;
8487 int pix_x, pix_y;
8488 {
8489 BLOCK_INPUT;
8490
8491 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
8492 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y);
8493 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8494 }
8495 \f
8496 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8497
8498 void
8499 x_focus_on_frame (f)
8500 struct frame *f;
8501 {
8502 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8503 x_raise_frame (f);
8504 #endif
8505 #if 0
8506 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8507 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8508 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8509 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
8510 RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime);
8511 #endif /* ! 0 */
8512 }
8513
8514 void
8515 x_unfocus_frame (f)
8516 struct frame *f;
8517 {
8518 #if 0
8519 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8520 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame == f)
8521 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), PointerRoot,
8522 RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime);
8523 #endif /* ! 0 */
8524 }
8525
8526 /* Raise frame F. */
8527
8528 void
8529 x_raise_frame (f)
8530 struct frame *f;
8531 {
8532 if (f->async_visible)
8533 {
8534 BLOCK_INPUT;
8535 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f));
8536 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
8537 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8538 }
8539 }
8540
8541 /* Lower frame F. */
8542
8543 void
8544 x_lower_frame (f)
8545 struct frame *f;
8546 {
8547 if (f->async_visible)
8548 {
8549 BLOCK_INPUT;
8550 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f));
8551 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
8552 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8553 }
8554 }
8555
8556 static void
8557 XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
8558 FRAME_PTR f;
8559 int raise_flag;
8560 {
8561 if (raise_flag)
8562 x_raise_frame (f);
8563 else
8564 x_lower_frame (f);
8565 }
8566 \f
8567 /* Change of visibility. */
8568
8569 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8570 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8571 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8572 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8573 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8574 finishes with it. */
8575
8576 void
8577 x_make_frame_visible (f)
8578 struct frame *f;
8579 {
8580 Lisp_Object type;
8581 int original_top, original_left;
8582 int retry_count = 2;
8583
8584 retry:
8585
8586 BLOCK_INPUT;
8587
8588 type = x_icon_type (f);
8589 if (!NILP (type))
8590 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
8591
8592 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8593 {
8594 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8595 call x_set_offset a second time
8596 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8597 before the window gets really visible. */
8598 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
8599 && ! f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible)
8600 x_set_offset (f, f->left_pos, f->top_pos, 0);
8601
8602 f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible = 1;
8603
8604 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt))
8605 x_wm_set_window_state (f, NormalState);
8606 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8607 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8608 XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
8609 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8610 #ifdef USE_GTK
8611 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f));
8612 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)));
8613 #else
8614 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
8615 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8616 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8617 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8618 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8619 to come back ok without this. */
8620 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
8621 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
8622 #endif
8623 }
8624
8625 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
8626
8627 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8628 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8629 so that incoming events are handled. */
8630 {
8631 Lisp_Object frame;
8632 int count;
8633 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8634 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8635 will set it when they are handled. */
8636 int previously_visible = f->output_data.x->has_been_visible;
8637
8638 original_left = f->left_pos;
8639 original_top = f->top_pos;
8640
8641 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8642 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8643
8644 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8645
8646 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8647 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8648 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8649 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8650
8651 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8652 because the window manager may choose the position
8653 and we don't want to override it. */
8654
8655 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
8656 && f->win_gravity == NorthWestGravity
8657 && previously_visible)
8658 {
8659 Drawable rootw;
8660 int x, y;
8661 unsigned int width, height, border, depth;
8662
8663 BLOCK_INPUT;
8664
8665 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8666 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8667 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8668 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8669 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8670 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8671 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8672 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),
8673 &rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth);
8674
8675 if (original_left != x || original_top != y)
8676 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),
8677 original_left, original_top);
8678
8679 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8680 }
8681
8682 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8683
8684 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8685 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8686 MapNotify at all.. */
8687 for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
8688 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
8689 {
8690 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8691 x_sync (f);
8692
8693 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8694 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8695 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8696 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8697 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8698 probably a bug. */
8699 if (input_polling_used ())
8700 {
8701 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8702 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8703 handler reset it. */
8704 extern void poll_for_input_1 P_ ((void));
8705 int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
8706 poll_suppress_count = 1;
8707 poll_for_input_1 ();
8708 poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
8709 }
8710
8711 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8712 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8713 }
8714
8715 /* 2000-09-28: In
8716
8717 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8718 (iconify-frame f)
8719 (raise-frame f))
8720
8721 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8722 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8723 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8724 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8725
8726 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && --retry_count > 0)
8727 goto retry;
8728 }
8729 }
8730
8731 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8732
8733 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8734
8735 void
8736 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
8737 struct frame *f;
8738 {
8739 Window window;
8740
8741 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8742 window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f);
8743
8744 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8745 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
8746 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
8747
8748 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8749 if (! f->async_visible && ! f->async_iconified)
8750 return;
8751 #endif
8752
8753 BLOCK_INPUT;
8754
8755 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8756 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8757 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8758 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8759 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8760 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 1);
8761
8762 #ifdef USE_GTK
8763 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))
8764 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f));
8765 else
8766 #endif
8767 {
8768 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
8769
8770 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window,
8771 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))))
8772 {
8773 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
8774 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8775 }
8776 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8777
8778 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8779 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt))
8780 {
8781 XEvent unmap;
8782
8783 unmap.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
8784 unmap.xunmap.window = window;
8785 unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
8786 unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False;
8787 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
8788 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)),
8789 False,
8790 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask,
8791 &unmap))
8792 {
8793 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
8794 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8795 }
8796 }
8797
8798 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8799 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window);
8800 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8801 }
8802
8803 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8804 just by the event that we get from the server.
8805 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8806 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8807 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8808 f->visible = 0;
8809 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
8810 f->async_visible = 0;
8811 f->async_iconified = 0;
8812
8813 x_sync (f);
8814
8815 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8816 }
8817
8818 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8819
8820 void
8821 x_iconify_frame (f)
8822 struct frame *f;
8823 {
8824 int result;
8825 Lisp_Object type;
8826
8827 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8828 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
8829 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
8830
8831 if (f->async_iconified)
8832 return;
8833
8834 BLOCK_INPUT;
8835
8836 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8837
8838 type = x_icon_type (f);
8839 if (!NILP (type))
8840 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
8841
8842 #ifdef USE_GTK
8843 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))
8844 {
8845 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8846 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f));
8847
8848 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)));
8849 f->iconified = 1;
8850 f->visible = 1;
8851 f->async_iconified = 1;
8852 f->async_visible = 0;
8853 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8854 return;
8855 }
8856 #endif
8857
8858 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8859
8860 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8861 {
8862 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt))
8863 x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState);
8864 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8865 XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
8866 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8867 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8868 so we have to record it here. */
8869 f->iconified = 1;
8870 f->visible = 1;
8871 f->async_iconified = 1;
8872 f->async_visible = 0;
8873 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8874 return;
8875 }
8876
8877 result = XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
8878 XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget),
8879 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)));
8880 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8881
8882 if (!result)
8883 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8884
8885 f->async_iconified = 1;
8886 f->async_visible = 0;
8887
8888
8889 BLOCK_INPUT;
8890 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
8891 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8892 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8893
8894 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8895 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8896 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f))
8897 x_set_offset (f, f->left_pos, f->top_pos, 0);
8898
8899 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8900 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8901
8902 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8903 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8904 {
8905 XEvent message;
8906
8907 message.xclient.window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
8908 message.xclient.type = ClientMessage;
8909 message.xclient.message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_wm_change_state;
8910 message.xclient.format = 32;
8911 message.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState;
8912
8913 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
8914 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)),
8915 False,
8916 SubstructureRedirectMask | SubstructureNotifyMask,
8917 &message))
8918 {
8919 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
8920 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8921 }
8922 }
8923
8924 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8925 IconicState. */
8926 x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState);
8927
8928 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8929 {
8930 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8931 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
8932 }
8933
8934 f->async_iconified = 1;
8935 f->async_visible = 0;
8936
8937 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
8938 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8939 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8940 }
8941
8942 \f
8943 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8944
8945 void
8946 x_free_frame_resources (f)
8947 struct frame *f;
8948 {
8949 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
8950 Lisp_Object bar;
8951 struct scroll_bar *b;
8952
8953 BLOCK_INPUT;
8954
8955 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8956 commands to the X server. */
8957 if (dpyinfo->display)
8958 {
8959 if (f->output_data.x->icon_desc)
8960 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->icon_desc);
8961
8962 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8963 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8964 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8965 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8966 toolkit scroll bars. */
8967 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); !NILP (bar); bar = b->next)
8968 {
8969 b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
8970 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
8971 }
8972 #endif
8973
8974 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
8975 if (FRAME_XIC (f))
8976 free_frame_xic (f);
8977 #endif
8978
8979 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8980 if (f->output_data.x->widget)
8981 {
8982 XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
8983 f->output_data.x->widget = NULL;
8984 }
8985 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8986 we are using a toolkit. */
8987 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f))
8988 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
8989
8990 free_frame_menubar (f);
8991 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8992
8993 #ifdef USE_GTK
8994 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8995 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8996 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))
8997 {
8998 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f));
8999 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9000 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = 0;
9001 }
9002 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9003
9004 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f))
9005 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
9006 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9007
9008 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);
9009 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel);
9010 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel);
9011 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel);
9012 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->border_pixel);
9013 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->mouse_pixel);
9014
9015 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel != -1)
9016 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel);
9017 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1)
9018 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel);
9019 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9020 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9021 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel != -1)
9022 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel);
9023 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel != -1)
9024 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel);
9025 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9026 if (f->output_data.x->white_relief.allocated_p)
9027 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->white_relief.pixel);
9028 if (f->output_data.x->black_relief.allocated_p)
9029 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->black_relief.pixel);
9030
9031 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
9032 free_frame_faces (f);
9033
9034 x_free_gcs (f);
9035 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
9036 }
9037
9038 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event)
9039 xfree (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event);
9040
9041 xfree (f->output_data.x);
9042 f->output_data.x = NULL;
9043
9044 if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
9045 dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
9046 if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame)
9047 dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
9048 if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
9049 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
9050
9051 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9052 {
9053 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9054 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
9055 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9056 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
9057 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
9058 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
9059 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9060 }
9061
9062 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9063 }
9064
9065
9066 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9067
9068 void
9069 x_destroy_window (f)
9070 struct frame *f;
9071 {
9072 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9073
9074 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9075 commands to the X server. */
9076 if (dpyinfo->display != 0)
9077 x_free_frame_resources (f);
9078
9079 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
9080 }
9081
9082 \f
9083 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9084
9085 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9086 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9087 that the window now has.
9088 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9089 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9090 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9091
9092 #ifndef USE_GTK
9093 void
9094 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
9095 struct frame *f;
9096 long flags;
9097 int user_position;
9098 {
9099 XSizeHints size_hints;
9100
9101 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9102 Arg al[2];
9103 int ac = 0;
9104 Dimension widget_width, widget_height;
9105 #endif
9106
9107 Window window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f);
9108
9109 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9110 size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */;
9111
9112 size_hints.x = f->left_pos;
9113 size_hints.y = f->top_pos;
9114
9115 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9116 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++;
9117 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++;
9118 XtGetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, ac);
9119 size_hints.height = widget_height;
9120 size_hints.width = widget_width;
9121 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9122 size_hints.height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
9123 size_hints.width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
9124 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9125
9126 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
9127 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
9128 size_hints.max_width
9129 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0);
9130 size_hints.max_height
9131 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0);
9132
9133 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9134
9135 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9136 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9137 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9138 {
9139 int base_width, base_height;
9140 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0;
9141
9142 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0);
9143 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0);
9144
9145 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols);
9146
9147 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9148 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9149 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9150 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9151 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9152
9153 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9154 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9155 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9156
9157 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
9158 size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize;
9159 size_hints.base_width = base_width;
9160 size_hints.base_height = base_height;
9161 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc;
9162 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc;
9163 #else
9164 size_hints.min_width = base_width;
9165 size_hints.min_height = base_height;
9166 #endif
9167 }
9168
9169 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9170 if (flags)
9171 {
9172 size_hints.flags |= flags;
9173 goto no_read;
9174 }
9175 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9176
9177 {
9178 XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9179 long supplied_return;
9180 int value;
9181
9182 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
9183 value = XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints,
9184 &supplied_return);
9185 #else
9186 value = XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints);
9187 #endif
9188
9189 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9190 size_hints.base_height = hints.base_height;
9191 size_hints.base_width = hints.base_width;
9192 size_hints.min_height = hints.min_height;
9193 size_hints.min_width = hints.min_width;
9194 #endif
9195
9196 if (flags)
9197 size_hints.flags |= flags;
9198 else
9199 {
9200 if (value == 0)
9201 hints.flags = 0;
9202 if (hints.flags & PSize)
9203 size_hints.flags |= PSize;
9204 if (hints.flags & PPosition)
9205 size_hints.flags |= PPosition;
9206 if (hints.flags & USPosition)
9207 size_hints.flags |= USPosition;
9208 if (hints.flags & USSize)
9209 size_hints.flags |= USSize;
9210 }
9211 }
9212
9213 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9214 no_read:
9215 #endif
9216
9217 #ifdef PWinGravity
9218 size_hints.win_gravity = f->win_gravity;
9219 size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity;
9220
9221 if (user_position)
9222 {
9223 size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition;
9224 size_hints.flags |= USPosition;
9225 }
9226 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9227
9228 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
9229 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints);
9230 #else
9231 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints);
9232 #endif
9233 }
9234 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9235
9236 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9237
9238 void
9239 x_wm_set_window_state (f, state)
9240 struct frame *f;
9241 int state;
9242 {
9243 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9244 Arg al[1];
9245
9246 XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state);
9247 XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
9248 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9249 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
9250
9251 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint;
9252 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state;
9253
9254 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
9255 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9256 }
9257
9258 void
9259 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id)
9260 struct frame *f;
9261 int pixmap_id;
9262 {
9263 Pixmap icon_pixmap, icon_mask;
9264
9265 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9266 Window window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f);
9267 #endif
9268
9269 if (pixmap_id > 0)
9270 {
9271 icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id);
9272 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap;
9273 icon_mask = x_bitmap_mask (f, pixmap_id);
9274 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_mask = icon_mask;
9275 }
9276 else
9277 {
9278 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9279 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9280 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9281 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9282 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9283 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9284 best to explicitly give up. */
9285 #if 0
9286 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None;
9287 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_mask = None;
9288 #else
9289 return;
9290 #endif
9291 }
9292
9293 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9294
9295 {
9296 Arg al[1];
9297 XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap);
9298 XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
9299 XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconMask, icon_mask);
9300 XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
9301 }
9302
9303 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9304
9305 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= (IconPixmapHint | IconMaskHint);
9306 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
9307
9308 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9309 }
9310
9311 void
9312 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
9313 struct frame *f;
9314 int icon_x, icon_y;
9315 {
9316 Window window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f);
9317
9318 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
9319 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
9320 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
9321
9322 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
9323 }
9324
9325 \f
9326 /***********************************************************************
9327 Fonts
9328 ***********************************************************************/
9329
9330 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9331
9332 struct font_info *
9333 x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
9334 FRAME_PTR f;
9335 int font_idx;
9336 {
9337 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f) + font_idx);
9338 }
9339
9340
9341 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9342
9343 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9344 to be listed.
9345
9346 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
9347
9348 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9349 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9350 on how many fonts to match. */
9351
9352 Lisp_Object
9353 x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
9354 struct frame *f;
9355 Lisp_Object pattern;
9356 int size;
9357 int maxnames;
9358 {
9359 Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key = Qnil;
9360 Lisp_Object tem, second_best;
9361 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo
9362 = f ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) : x_display_list;
9363 Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display;
9364 int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
9365 int count;
9366 int allow_auto_scaled_font = 0;
9367
9368 if (size < 0)
9369 {
9370 allow_auto_scaled_font = 1;
9371 size = 0;
9372 }
9373
9374 patterns = Fassoc (pattern, Valternate_fontname_alist);
9375 if (NILP (patterns))
9376 patterns = Fcons (pattern, Qnil);
9377
9378 if (maxnames == 1 && !size)
9379 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9380 try_XLoadQueryFont = 1;
9381
9382 for (; CONSP (patterns); patterns = XCDR (patterns))
9383 {
9384 int num_fonts;
9385 char **names = NULL;
9386
9387 pattern = XCAR (patterns);
9388 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9389 The cache is an alist of the form:
9390 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9391 tem = XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element);
9392 key = Fcons (Fcons (pattern, make_number (maxnames)),
9393 allow_auto_scaled_font ? Qt : Qnil);
9394 list = Fassoc (key, tem);
9395 if (!NILP (list))
9396 {
9397 list = Fcdr_safe (list);
9398 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9399 goto label_cached;
9400 }
9401
9402 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9403
9404 BLOCK_INPUT;
9405 count = x_catch_errors (dpy);
9406
9407 if (try_XLoadQueryFont)
9408 {
9409 XFontStruct *font;
9410 unsigned long value;
9411
9412 font = XLoadQueryFont (dpy, SDATA (pattern));
9413 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy))
9414 {
9415 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9416 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9417 font = NULL;
9418 x_clear_errors (dpy);
9419 }
9420
9421 if (font
9422 && XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value))
9423 {
9424 char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy, (Atom) value);
9425 int len = strlen (name);
9426 char *tmp;
9427
9428 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9429 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9430 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9431 if (len == 0)
9432 try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
9433 else
9434 {
9435 num_fonts = 1;
9436 names = (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9437 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9438 simple var. */
9439 tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 1); names[0] = tmp;
9440 bcopy (name, names[0], len + 1);
9441 XFree (name);
9442 }
9443 }
9444 else
9445 try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
9446
9447 if (font)
9448 XFreeFont (dpy, font);
9449 }
9450
9451 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont)
9452 {
9453 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9454 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9455 if (maxnames < 0)
9456 {
9457 int limit;
9458
9459 for (limit = 500;;)
9460 {
9461 names = XListFonts (dpy, SDATA (pattern), limit, &num_fonts);
9462 if (num_fonts == limit)
9463 {
9464 BLOCK_INPUT;
9465 XFreeFontNames (names);
9466 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9467 limit *= 2;
9468 }
9469 else
9470 break;
9471 }
9472 }
9473 else
9474 names = XListFonts (dpy, SDATA (pattern), max (maxnames, 10),
9475 &num_fonts);
9476
9477 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy))
9478 {
9479 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9480 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9481 names = NULL;
9482 x_clear_errors (dpy);
9483 }
9484 }
9485
9486 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count);
9487 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9488
9489 if (names)
9490 {
9491 int i;
9492
9493 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9494 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9495 for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++)
9496 {
9497 int width = 0;
9498 char *p = names[i];
9499 int average_width = -1, resx = 0, dashes = 0;
9500
9501 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9502 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9503 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9504 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9505 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9506 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9507 while (*p)
9508 if (*p++ == '-')
9509 {
9510 dashes++;
9511 if (dashes == 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9512 width = atoi (p);
9513 else if (dashes == 9)
9514 resx = atoi (p);
9515 else if (dashes == 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9516 average_width = atoi (p);
9517 }
9518
9519 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9520 || dashes < 14 || average_width != 0 || resx == 0)
9521 {
9522 tem = build_string (names[i]);
9523 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem, list)))
9524 {
9525 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp)
9526 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9527 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp, names[i]))
9528 >= 0))
9529 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9530 width of this font. */
9531 list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, make_number (width)), list);
9532 else
9533 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9534 list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, Qnil), list);
9535 }
9536 }
9537 }
9538
9539 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont)
9540 {
9541 BLOCK_INPUT;
9542 XFreeFontNames (names);
9543 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9544 }
9545 }
9546
9547 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9548 XSETCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element,
9549 Fcons (Fcons (key, list), XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)));
9550
9551 label_cached:
9552 if (NILP (list)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9553
9554 newlist = second_best = Qnil;
9555 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9556 for (; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list))
9557 {
9558 int found_size;
9559
9560 tem = XCAR (list);
9561
9562 if (!CONSP (tem) || NILP (XCAR (tem)))
9563 continue;
9564 if (!size)
9565 {
9566 newlist = Fcons (XCAR (tem), newlist);
9567 continue;
9568 }
9569
9570 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem)))
9571 {
9572 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9573 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9574 XFontStruct *thisinfo;
9575
9576 BLOCK_INPUT;
9577 count = x_catch_errors (dpy);
9578 thisinfo = XLoadQueryFont (dpy,
9579 SDATA (XCAR (tem)));
9580 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy))
9581 {
9582 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9583 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9584 thisinfo = NULL;
9585 x_clear_errors (dpy);
9586 }
9587 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count);
9588 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9589
9590 if (thisinfo)
9591 {
9592 XSETCDR (tem,
9593 (thisinfo->min_bounds.width == 0
9594 ? make_number (0)
9595 : make_number (thisinfo->max_bounds.width)));
9596 BLOCK_INPUT;
9597 XFreeFont (dpy, thisinfo);
9598 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9599 }
9600 else
9601 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9602 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9603 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9604 XSETCDR (tem, make_number (0));
9605 }
9606
9607 found_size = XINT (XCDR (tem));
9608 if (found_size == size)
9609 newlist = Fcons (XCAR (tem), newlist);
9610 else if (found_size > 0)
9611 {
9612 if (NILP (second_best))
9613 second_best = tem;
9614 else if (found_size < size)
9615 {
9616 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > size
9617 || XINT (XCDR (second_best)) < found_size)
9618 second_best = tem;
9619 }
9620 else
9621 {
9622 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > size
9623 && XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > found_size)
9624 second_best = tem;
9625 }
9626 }
9627 }
9628 if (!NILP (newlist))
9629 break;
9630 else if (!NILP (second_best))
9631 {
9632 newlist = Fcons (XCAR (second_best), Qnil);
9633 break;
9634 }
9635 }
9636
9637 return newlist;
9638 }
9639
9640
9641 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9642
9643 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9644 font table. */
9645
9646 static void
9647 x_check_font (f, font)
9648 struct frame *f;
9649 XFontStruct *font;
9650 {
9651 int i;
9652 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9653
9654 xassert (font != NULL);
9655
9656 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
9657 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
9658 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
9659 break;
9660
9661 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
9662 }
9663
9664 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9665
9666 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9667 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9668 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9669 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9670 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9671
9672 static INLINE void
9673 x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
9674 XFontStruct *font;
9675 int *w, *h;
9676 {
9677 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
9678 *w = font->min_bounds.width;
9679
9680 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9681 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9682 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9683 if (*w <= 0)
9684 *w = font->max_bounds.width;
9685 }
9686
9687
9688 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9689 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9690 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9691 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9692 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9693
9694 static int
9695 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
9696 struct frame *f;
9697 {
9698 int i;
9699 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9700 XFontStruct *font;
9701 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
9702 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
9703
9704 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
9705 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
9706
9707 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
9708 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
9709 {
9710 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
9711 int w, h;
9712
9713 font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
9714 xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
9715 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
9716
9717 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
9718 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
9719 }
9720
9721 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
9722 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
9723
9724 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
9725 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
9726 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
9727 }
9728
9729
9730 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9731 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9732 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9733 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9734
9735 struct font_info *
9736 x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
9737 struct frame *f;
9738 register char *fontname;
9739 int size;
9740 {
9741 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9742 Lisp_Object font_names;
9743 int count;
9744
9745 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9746 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9747 we already have by comparing names. */
9748 font_names = x_list_fonts (f, build_string (fontname), size, 1);
9749
9750 if (!NILP (font_names))
9751 {
9752 Lisp_Object tail;
9753 int i;
9754
9755 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
9756 for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
9757 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
9758 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name,
9759 SDATA (XCAR (tail)))
9760 || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name,
9761 SDATA (XCAR (tail)))))
9762 return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
9763 }
9764
9765 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9766 {
9767 char *full_name;
9768 XFontStruct *font;
9769 struct font_info *fontp;
9770 unsigned long value;
9771 int i;
9772
9773 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9774 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9775 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9776 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9777 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9778 if (size > 0 && !NILP (font_names))
9779 fontname = (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names));
9780
9781 BLOCK_INPUT;
9782 count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
9783 font = (XFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), fontname);
9784 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)))
9785 {
9786 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9787 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9788 font = NULL;
9789 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
9790 }
9791 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count);
9792 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9793 if (!font)
9794 return NULL;
9795
9796 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9797 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
9798 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL)
9799 break;
9800
9801 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9802 if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts
9803 && dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size)
9804 {
9805 int sz;
9806 dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size);
9807 sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table;
9808 dpyinfo->font_table
9809 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz);
9810 }
9811
9812 fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
9813 if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts)
9814 ++dpyinfo->n_fonts;
9815
9816 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9817 BLOCK_INPUT;
9818 bzero (fontp, sizeof (*fontp));
9819 fontp->font = font;
9820 fontp->font_idx = i;
9821 fontp->charset = -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
9822 fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
9823 bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1);
9824
9825 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9826 full_name = 0;
9827 if (XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value))
9828 {
9829 char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), (Atom) value);
9830 char *p = name;
9831 int dashes = 0;
9832
9833 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9834 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9835 so don't use it.
9836 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9837 stored in them. */
9838 while (*p)
9839 {
9840 if (*p == '-')
9841 dashes++;
9842 p++;
9843 }
9844
9845 if (dashes >= 13)
9846 {
9847 full_name = (char *) xmalloc (p - name + 1);
9848 bcopy (name, full_name, p - name + 1);
9849 }
9850
9851 XFree (name);
9852 }
9853
9854 if (full_name != 0)
9855 fontp->full_name = full_name;
9856 else
9857 fontp->full_name = fontp->name;
9858
9859 fontp->size = font->max_bounds.width;
9860 fontp->height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
9861
9862 if (NILP (font_names))
9863 {
9864 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9865 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9866 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9867 Lisp_Object lispy_name = build_string (fontname);
9868 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name = build_string (fontp->full_name);
9869 Lisp_Object key = Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name, make_number (256)),
9870 Qnil);
9871
9872 XSETCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element,
9873 Fcons (Fcons (key,
9874 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name,
9875 make_number (fontp->size)),
9876 Qnil)),
9877 XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)));
9878 if (full_name)
9879 {
9880 key = Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, make_number (256)),
9881 Qnil);
9882 XSETCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element,
9883 Fcons (Fcons (key,
9884 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name,
9885 make_number (fontp->size)),
9886 Qnil)),
9887 XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)));
9888 }
9889 }
9890
9891 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9892 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9893 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9894 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9895 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9896 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
9897 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9898 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9899 fontp->encoding_type
9900 = (font->max_byte1 == 0
9901 /* 1-byte font */
9902 ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
9903 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
9904 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9905 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9906 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9907 /* 2-byte font */
9908 : (font->min_byte1 < 0x80
9909 ? (font->max_byte1 < 0x80
9910 ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
9911 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
9912 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9913 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9914 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9915 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9916 : (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
9917 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
9918 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9919 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9920 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9921
9922 fontp->baseline_offset
9923 = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET, &value)
9924 ? (long) value : 0);
9925 fontp->relative_compose
9926 = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE, &value)
9927 ? (long) value : 0);
9928 fontp->default_ascent
9929 = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value)
9930 ? (long) value : 0);
9931
9932 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9933 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9934 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9935 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9936 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9937 fonts_changed_p |= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f);
9938 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9939 return fontp;
9940 }
9941 }
9942
9943
9944 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9945 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9946
9947 struct font_info *
9948 x_query_font (f, fontname)
9949 struct frame *f;
9950 register char *fontname;
9951 {
9952 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9953 int i;
9954
9955 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
9956 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
9957 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname)
9958 || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname)))
9959 return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
9960 return NULL;
9961 }
9962
9963
9964 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9965 `encoder' of the structure. */
9966
9967 void
9968 x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
9969 struct font_info *fontp;
9970 {
9971 Lisp_Object list, elt;
9972
9973 elt = Qnil;
9974 for (list = Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list))
9975 {
9976 elt = XCAR (list);
9977 if (CONSP (elt)
9978 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt))
9979 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->name)
9980 >= 0)
9981 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->full_name)
9982 >= 0)))
9983 break;
9984 }
9985
9986 if (! NILP (list))
9987 {
9988 struct ccl_program *ccl
9989 = (struct ccl_program *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program));
9990
9991 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl, XCDR (elt)) < 0)
9992 xfree (ccl);
9993 else
9994 fontp->font_encoder = ccl;
9995 }
9996 }
9997
9998
9999 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10000 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10001 not. */
10002
10003 Lisp_Object
10004 x_get_font_repertory (f, font_info)
10005 FRAME_PTR f;
10006 struct font_info *font_info;
10007 {
10008 XFontStruct *font = (XFontStruct *) font_info->font;
10009 Lisp_Object table;
10010 int min_byte1, max_byte1, min_byte2, max_byte2;
10011 int c;
10012 struct charset *charset = CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info->charset);
10013 int offset = CHARSET_OFFSET (charset);
10014
10015 table = Fmake_char_table (Qnil, Qnil);
10016
10017 min_byte1 = font->min_byte1;
10018 max_byte1 = font->max_byte1;
10019 min_byte2 = font->min_char_or_byte2;
10020 max_byte2 = font->max_char_or_byte2;
10021 if (min_byte1 == 0 && max_byte1 == 0)
10022 {
10023 if (! font->per_char || font->all_chars_exist == True)
10024 {
10025 if (offset >= 0)
10026 char_table_set_range (table, offset + min_byte2,
10027 offset + max_byte2, Qt);
10028 else
10029 for (; min_byte2 <= max_byte2; min_byte2++)
10030 {
10031 c = DECODE_CHAR (charset, min_byte2);
10032 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table, c, Qt);
10033 }
10034 }
10035 else
10036 {
10037 XCharStruct *pcm = font->per_char;
10038 int from = -1;
10039 int i;
10040
10041 for (i = min_byte2; i <= max_byte2; i++, pcm++)
10042 {
10043 if (pcm->width == 0 && pcm->rbearing == pcm->lbearing)
10044 {
10045 if (from >= 0)
10046 {
10047 if (offset >= 0)
10048 char_table_set_range (table, offset + from,
10049 offset + i - 1, Qt);
10050 else
10051 for (; from < i; from++)
10052 {
10053 c = DECODE_CHAR (charset, from);
10054 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table, c, Qt);
10055 }
10056 from = -1;
10057 }
10058 }
10059 else if (from < 0)
10060 from = i;
10061 }
10062 if (from >= 0)
10063 {
10064 if (offset >= 0)
10065 char_table_set_range (table, offset + from, offset + i - 1,
10066 Qt);
10067 else
10068 for (; from < i; from++)
10069 {
10070 c = DECODE_CHAR (charset, from);
10071 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table, c, Qt);
10072 }
10073 }
10074 }
10075 }
10076 else
10077 {
10078 if (! font->per_char || font->all_chars_exist == True)
10079 {
10080 int i, j;
10081
10082 if (offset >= 0)
10083 for (i = min_byte1; i <= max_byte1; i++)
10084 char_table_set_range
10085 (table, offset + ((i << 8) | min_byte2),
10086 offset + ((i << 8) | max_byte2), Qt);
10087 else
10088 for (i = min_byte1; i <= max_byte1; i++)
10089 for (j = min_byte2; j <= max_byte2; j++)
10090 {
10091 unsigned code = (i << 8) | j;
10092 c = DECODE_CHAR (charset, code);
10093 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table, c, Qt);
10094 }
10095 }
10096 else
10097 {
10098 XCharStruct *pcm = font->per_char;
10099 int i;
10100
10101 for (i = min_byte1; i <= max_byte1; i++)
10102 {
10103 int from = -1;
10104 int j;
10105
10106 for (j = min_byte2; j <= max_byte2; j++, pcm++)
10107 {
10108 if (pcm->width == 0 && pcm->rbearing == pcm->lbearing)
10109 {
10110 if (from >= 0)
10111 {
10112 if (offset >= 0)
10113 char_table_set_range
10114 (table, offset + ((i << 8) | from),
10115 offset + ((i << 8) | (j - 1)), Qt);
10116 else
10117 {
10118 for (; from < j; from++)
10119 {
10120 unsigned code = (i << 8) | from;
10121 c = ENCODE_CHAR (charset, code);
10122 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table, c, Qt);
10123 }
10124 }
10125 from = -1;
10126 }
10127 }
10128 else if (from < 0)
10129 from = j;
10130 }
10131 if (from >= 0)
10132 {
10133 if (offset >= 0)
10134 char_table_set_range
10135 (table, offset + ((i << 8) | from),
10136 offset + ((i << 8) | (j - 1)), Qt);
10137 else
10138 {
10139 for (; from < j; from++)
10140 {
10141 unsigned code = (i << 8) | from;
10142 c = DECODE_CHAR (charset, code);
10143 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table, c, Qt);
10144 }
10145 }
10146 }
10147 }
10148 }
10149 }
10150
10151 return table;
10152 }
10153 \f
10154 /***********************************************************************
10155 Initialization
10156 ***********************************************************************/
10157
10158 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10159 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
10160 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
10161 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
10162
10163 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10164 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
10165 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
10166
10167 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
10168 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
10169 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
10170 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
10171 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
10172 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
10173 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
10174 };
10175 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10176
10177 static int x_initialized;
10178
10179 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10180 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10181 the screen number from the server number. */
10182 static int
10183 same_x_server (name1, name2)
10184 const char *name1, *name2;
10185 {
10186 int seen_colon = 0;
10187 const unsigned char *system_name = SDATA (Vsystem_name);
10188 int system_name_length = strlen (system_name);
10189 int length_until_period = 0;
10190
10191 while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0
10192 && system_name[length_until_period] != '.')
10193 length_until_period++;
10194
10195 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10196 if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5))
10197 name1 += 4;
10198 if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5))
10199 name2 += 4;
10200 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10201 if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length)
10202 && name1[system_name_length] == ':')
10203 name1 += system_name_length;
10204 if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length)
10205 && name2[system_name_length] == ':')
10206 name2 += system_name_length;
10207 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10208 if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period)
10209 && name1[length_until_period] == ':')
10210 name1 += length_until_period;
10211 if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period)
10212 && name2[length_until_period] == ':')
10213 name2 += length_until_period;
10214
10215 for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++)
10216 {
10217 if (*name1 == ':')
10218 seen_colon++;
10219 if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.')
10220 return 1;
10221 }
10222 return (seen_colon
10223 && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0')
10224 && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0'));
10225 }
10226 #endif
10227
10228 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10229 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10230 to 5. */
10231 static void
10232 get_bits_and_offset (mask, bits, offset)
10233 unsigned long mask;
10234 int *bits;
10235 int *offset;
10236 {
10237 int nr = 0;
10238 int off = 0;
10239
10240 while (!(mask & 1))
10241 {
10242 off++;
10243 mask >>= 1;
10244 }
10245
10246 while (mask & 1)
10247 {
10248 nr++;
10249 mask >>= 1;
10250 }
10251
10252 *offset = off;
10253 *bits = nr;
10254 }
10255
10256 struct x_display_info *
10257 x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
10258 Lisp_Object display_name;
10259 char *xrm_option;
10260 char *resource_name;
10261 {
10262 int connection;
10263 Display *dpy;
10264 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
10265 XrmDatabase xrdb;
10266
10267 BLOCK_INPUT;
10268
10269 if (!x_initialized)
10270 {
10271 x_initialize ();
10272 ++x_initialized;
10273 }
10274
10275 #ifdef USE_GTK
10276 {
10277 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10278 int argc;
10279 char *argv[NUM_ARGV];
10280 char **argv2 = argv;
10281 GdkAtom atom;
10282
10283 if (x_initialized++ > 1)
10284 {
10285 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10286 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10287 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10288 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name), &dpy) < 0)
10289 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10290 }
10291 else
10292 {
10293 for (argc = 0; argc < NUM_ARGV; ++argc)
10294 argv[argc] = 0;
10295
10296 argc = 0;
10297 argv[argc++] = initial_argv[0];
10298
10299 if (! NILP (display_name))
10300 {
10301 argv[argc++] = "--display";
10302 argv[argc++] = SDATA (display_name);
10303 }
10304
10305 argv[argc++] = "--name";
10306 argv[argc++] = resource_name;
10307
10308 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5
10309 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10310 #endif
10311
10312 gtk_init (&argc, &argv2);
10313
10314 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10315 fixup_locale ();
10316 xg_initialize ();
10317
10318 dpy = GDK_DISPLAY ();
10319
10320 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10321 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL, event_handler_gdk, NULL);
10322
10323 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10324 {
10325 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
10326 char *file = "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10327 Lisp_Object s, abs_file;
10328
10329 GCPRO2 (s, abs_file);
10330 s = make_string (file, strlen (file));
10331 abs_file = Fexpand_file_name (s, Qnil);
10332
10333 if (! NILP (abs_file) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file)))
10334 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file));
10335
10336 UNGCPRO;
10337 }
10338
10339 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler);
10340 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter);
10341 }
10342 }
10343 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10344 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10345 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10346 errors with X11R5:
10347 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10348 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10349 So let's not use it until R6. */
10350 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10351 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL);
10352 #endif
10353
10354 {
10355 int argc = 0;
10356 char *argv[3];
10357
10358 argv[0] = "";
10359 argc = 1;
10360 if (xrm_option)
10361 {
10362 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
10363 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
10364 }
10365 turn_on_atimers (0);
10366 dpy = XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con, SDATA (display_name),
10367 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS,
10368 emacs_options, XtNumber (emacs_options),
10369 &argc, argv);
10370 turn_on_atimers (1);
10371
10372 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10373 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10374 fixup_locale ();
10375 #endif
10376 }
10377
10378 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10379 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5
10380 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10381 #endif
10382 dpy = XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name));
10383 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10384 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10385
10386 /* Detect failure. */
10387 if (dpy == 0)
10388 {
10389 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10390 return 0;
10391 }
10392
10393 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10394
10395 dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info));
10396 bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof *dpyinfo);
10397
10398 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10399 {
10400 struct x_display_info *share;
10401 Lisp_Object tail;
10402
10403 for (share = x_display_list, tail = x_display_name_list; share;
10404 share = share->next, tail = XCDR (tail))
10405 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail))),
10406 SDATA (display_name)))
10407 break;
10408 if (share)
10409 dpyinfo->kboard = share->kboard;
10410 else
10411 {
10412 dpyinfo->kboard = (KBOARD *) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD));
10413 init_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard);
10414 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms)->function, Qunbound))
10415 {
10416 char *vendor = ServerVendor (dpy);
10417 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10418 dpyinfo->kboard->Vsystem_key_alist
10419 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms,
10420 build_string (vendor ? vendor : ""));
10421 BLOCK_INPUT;
10422 }
10423
10424 dpyinfo->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards;
10425 all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard;
10426 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10427 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10428 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10429 if (current_kboard == initial_kboard)
10430 current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard;
10431 }
10432 dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count++;
10433 }
10434 #endif
10435
10436 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10437 dpyinfo->next = x_display_list;
10438 x_display_list = dpyinfo;
10439
10440 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10441 x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
10442 x_display_name_list);
10443 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (x_display_name_list);
10444
10445 dpyinfo->display = dpy;
10446
10447 #if 0
10448 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display, x_trace_wire);
10449 #endif /* ! 0 */
10450
10451 dpyinfo->x_id_name
10452 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name)
10453 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name)
10454 + 2);
10455 sprintf (dpyinfo->x_id_name, "%s@%s",
10456 SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name));
10457
10458 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10459 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo);
10460
10461 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10462 #ifdef USE_GTK
10463 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10464 dpyinfo->xg_cursor = xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo->display);
10465 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10466
10467 dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10468 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo->display, XC_sb_v_double_arrow);
10469
10470 xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option,
10471 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS);
10472 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10473 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo->display, xrdb);
10474 #else
10475 dpyinfo->display->db = xrdb;
10476 #endif
10477 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10478 all versions. */
10479 dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb;
10480
10481 dpyinfo->screen = ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo->display,
10482 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo->display));
10483 select_visual (dpyinfo);
10484 dpyinfo->cmap = DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
10485 dpyinfo->height = HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
10486 dpyinfo->width = WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
10487 dpyinfo->root_window = RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
10488 dpyinfo->client_leader_window = 0;
10489 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
10490 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
10491 dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1;
10492 dpyinfo->font_table = NULL;
10493 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
10494 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
10495 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
10496 dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
10497 dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
10498 dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = 0;
10499 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
10500 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
10501 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
10502 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
10503 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10504 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
10505 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
10506 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
10507 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
10508 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
10509 dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
10510 dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
10511 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
10512 dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();
10513 dpyinfo->wm_type = X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN;
10514
10515 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10516 dpyinfo->red_bits = dpyinfo->blue_bits = dpyinfo->green_bits = 0;
10517 dpyinfo->red_offset = dpyinfo->blue_offset = dpyinfo->green_offset = 0;
10518
10519 if (dpyinfo->visual->class == TrueColor)
10520 {
10521 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo->visual->red_mask,
10522 &dpyinfo->red_bits, &dpyinfo->red_offset);
10523 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo->visual->blue_mask,
10524 &dpyinfo->blue_bits, &dpyinfo->blue_offset);
10525 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo->visual->green_mask,
10526 &dpyinfo->green_bits, &dpyinfo->green_offset);
10527 }
10528
10529 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10530 if (dpyinfo->visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen))
10531 {
10532 if (dpyinfo->visual->class == PseudoColor)
10533 {
10534 Lisp_Object value;
10535 value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo,
10536 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10537 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10538 Qnil, Qnil);
10539 if (STRINGP (value)
10540 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value), "true")
10541 || !strcmp (SDATA (value), "on")))
10542 dpyinfo->cmap = XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->cmap);
10543 }
10544 }
10545 else
10546 dpyinfo->cmap = XCreateColormap (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window,
10547 dpyinfo->visual, AllocNone);
10548
10549 {
10550 int screen_number = XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
10551 double pixels = DisplayHeight (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
10552 double mm = DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
10553 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10554 dpyinfo->resy = (mm < 1) ? 100 : pixels * 25.4 / mm;
10555 pixels = DisplayWidth (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
10556 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10557 mm = DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
10558 dpyinfo->resx = (mm < 1) ? 100 : pixels * 25.4 / mm;
10559 }
10560
10561 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols
10562 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False);
10563 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10564 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False);
10565 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10566 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False);
10567 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10568 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False);
10569 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_change_state
10570 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False);
10571 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10572 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False);
10573 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10574 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_MOVED", False);
10575 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10576 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False);
10577 dpyinfo->Xatom_editres
10578 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "Editres", False);
10579 dpyinfo->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10580 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "CLIPBOARD", False);
10581 dpyinfo->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10582 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TIMESTAMP", False);
10583 dpyinfo->Xatom_TEXT
10584 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TEXT", False);
10585 dpyinfo->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10586 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False);
10587 dpyinfo->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10588 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "UTF8_STRING", False);
10589 dpyinfo->Xatom_DELETE
10590 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DELETE", False);
10591 dpyinfo->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10592 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "MULTIPLE", False);
10593 dpyinfo->Xatom_INCR
10594 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "INCR", False);
10595 dpyinfo->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10596 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_EMACS_TMP_", False);
10597 dpyinfo->Xatom_TARGETS
10598 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TARGETS", False);
10599 dpyinfo->Xatom_NULL
10600 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "NULL", False);
10601 dpyinfo->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10602 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "ATOM_PAIR", False);
10603 /* For properties of font. */
10604 dpyinfo->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10605 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PIXEL_SIZE", False);
10606 dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10607 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False);
10608 dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10609 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False);
10610 dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10611 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False);
10612
10613 /* Ghostscript support. */
10614 dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PAGE", False);
10615 dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DONE", False);
10616
10617 dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "SCROLLBAR",
10618 False);
10619
10620 dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0;
10621
10622 connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display);
10623 dpyinfo->connection = connection;
10624
10625 {
10626 char null_bits[1];
10627
10628 null_bits[0] = 0x00;
10629
10630 dpyinfo->null_pixel
10631 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window,
10632 null_bits, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10633 1);
10634 }
10635
10636 {
10637 extern int gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height;
10638 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits;
10639 dpyinfo->gray
10640 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window,
10641 gray_bitmap_bits,
10642 gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height,
10643 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10644 }
10645
10646 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
10647 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name);
10648 #endif
10649
10650 #ifdef subprocesses
10651 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10652 if (connection != 0)
10653 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection);
10654 #endif
10655
10656 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10657 #ifdef F_SETOWN
10658 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10659 /* stdin is a socket here */
10660 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
10661 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10662 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
10663 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10664 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10665 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10666
10667 #ifdef SIGIO
10668 if (interrupt_input)
10669 init_sigio (connection);
10670 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10671
10672 #ifdef USE_LUCID
10673 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10674 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10675 so that Xt does not crash. */
10676 {
10677 Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display;
10678 XrmValue d, fr, to;
10679 Font font;
10680 int count;
10681
10682 d.addr = (XPointer)&dpy;
10683 d.size = sizeof (Display *);
10684 fr.addr = XtDefaultFont;
10685 fr.size = sizeof (XtDefaultFont);
10686 to.size = sizeof (Font *);
10687 to.addr = (XPointer)&font;
10688 count = x_catch_errors (dpy);
10689 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy, XtCvtStringToFont, &d, 1, &fr, &to, NULL))
10690 abort ();
10691 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy) || !XQueryFont (dpy, font))
10692 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10693 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count);
10694 }
10695 #endif
10696 #endif
10697
10698 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10699 for debugging X code. */
10700 {
10701 Lisp_Object value;
10702 value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo,
10703 build_string ("synchronous"),
10704 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10705 Qnil, Qnil);
10706 if (STRINGP (value)
10707 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value), "true")
10708 || !strcmp (SDATA (value), "on")))
10709 XSynchronize (dpyinfo->display, True);
10710 }
10711
10712 {
10713 Lisp_Object value;
10714 value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo,
10715 build_string ("useXIM"),
10716 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10717 Qnil, Qnil);
10718 #ifdef USE_XIM
10719 if (STRINGP (value)
10720 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "false")
10721 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "off")))
10722 use_xim = 0;
10723 #else
10724 if (STRINGP (value)
10725 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "true")
10726 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "on")))
10727 use_xim = 1;
10728 #endif
10729 }
10730
10731 #ifdef HAVE_X_SM
10732 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10733 if (x_initialized == 1)
10734 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo);
10735 #endif
10736
10737 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10738
10739 return dpyinfo;
10740 }
10741 \f
10742 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10743 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10744
10745 void
10746 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
10747 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
10748 {
10749 int i;
10750
10751 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo->connection);
10752
10753 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10754 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10755 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list)
10756 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
10757 x_display_name_list = XCDR (x_display_name_list);
10758 else
10759 {
10760 Lisp_Object tail;
10761
10762 tail = x_display_name_list;
10763 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)))
10764 {
10765 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
10766 {
10767 XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail)));
10768 break;
10769 }
10770 tail = XCDR (tail);
10771 }
10772 }
10773
10774 if (next_noop_dpyinfo == dpyinfo)
10775 next_noop_dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next;
10776
10777 if (x_display_list == dpyinfo)
10778 x_display_list = dpyinfo->next;
10779 else
10780 {
10781 struct x_display_info *tail;
10782
10783 for (tail = x_display_list; tail; tail = tail->next)
10784 if (tail->next == dpyinfo)
10785 tail->next = tail->next->next;
10786 }
10787
10788 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10789 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10790 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo->xrdb);
10791 #endif
10792 #endif
10793 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10794 if (--dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count == 0)
10795 delete_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard);
10796 #endif
10797 #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
10798 if (dpyinfo->xim)
10799 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo);
10800 #endif
10801
10802 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10803 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
10804 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
10805 {
10806 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name != dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name)
10807 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name);
10808 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name);
10809 }
10810
10811 if (dpyinfo->font_table->font_encoder)
10812 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table->font_encoder);
10813
10814 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
10815 xfree (dpyinfo->x_id_name);
10816 xfree (dpyinfo->color_cells);
10817 xfree (dpyinfo);
10818 }
10819
10820 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10821
10822 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10823 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10824 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10825 that slows us down. */
10826
10827 static void
10828 x_process_timeouts (timer)
10829 struct atimer *timer;
10830 {
10831 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction || popup_activated ())
10832 {
10833 BLOCK_INPUT;
10834 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con) & XtIMTimer)
10835 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con, XtIMTimer);
10836 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10837 }
10838 }
10839
10840 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10841
10842 \f
10843 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10844
10845 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers[];
10846
10847 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface =
10848 {
10849 x_frame_parm_handlers,
10850 x_produce_glyphs,
10851 x_write_glyphs,
10852 x_insert_glyphs,
10853 x_clear_end_of_line,
10854 x_scroll_run,
10855 x_after_update_window_line,
10856 x_update_window_begin,
10857 x_update_window_end,
10858 x_cursor_to,
10859 x_flush,
10860 #ifdef XFlush
10861 x_flush,
10862 #else
10863 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10864 #endif
10865 x_clear_window_mouse_face,
10866 x_get_glyph_overhangs,
10867 x_fix_overlapping_area,
10868 x_draw_fringe_bitmap,
10869 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10870 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10871 x_per_char_metric,
10872 x_encode_char,
10873 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs,
10874 x_draw_glyph_string,
10875 x_define_frame_cursor,
10876 x_clear_frame_area,
10877 x_draw_window_cursor,
10878 x_draw_vertical_window_border,
10879 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10880 };
10881
10882 void
10883 x_initialize ()
10884 {
10885 rif = &x_redisplay_interface;
10886
10887 clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame;
10888 ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines;
10889 delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs;
10890 ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell;
10891 reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes;
10892 set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes;
10893 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
10894 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
10895 set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window;
10896 read_socket_hook = XTread_socket;
10897 frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date;
10898 mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position;
10899 frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight;
10900 frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower;
10901 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar;
10902 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars;
10903 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar;
10904 judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars;
10905
10906 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10907 char_ins_del_ok = 1;
10908 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10909 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
10910 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10911 off the bottom */
10912 baud_rate = 19200;
10913
10914 x_noop_count = 0;
10915 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
10916 any_help_event_p = 0;
10917 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout = 0;
10918
10919 #ifdef USE_GTK
10920 current_count = -1;
10921 #endif
10922
10923 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10924 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
10925
10926 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10927 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10928
10929 Xt_app_con = XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10930
10931 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10932 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10933 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con,
10934 XtRString, XtRPixel, cvt_string_to_pixel,
10935 cvt_string_to_pixel_args,
10936 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args),
10937 XtCacheByDisplay, cvt_pixel_dtor);
10938
10939 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con, Xt_default_resources);
10940
10941 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10942 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10943 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10944 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10945 widgets don't behave normally. */
10946 {
10947 EMACS_TIME interval;
10948 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000);
10949 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, interval, x_process_timeouts, 0);
10950 }
10951 #endif
10952
10953 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10954 #ifndef USE_GTK
10955 xaw3d_arrow_scroll = False;
10956 xaw3d_pick_top = True;
10957 #endif
10958 #endif
10959
10960 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10961 original error handler. */
10962 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler);
10963 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter);
10964
10965 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10966 #ifdef SIGWINCH
10967 signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL);
10968 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10969
10970 signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal);
10971 }
10972
10973
10974 void
10975 syms_of_xterm ()
10976 {
10977 staticpro (&x_error_message_string);
10978 x_error_message_string = Qnil;
10979
10980 staticpro (&x_display_name_list);
10981 x_display_name_list = Qnil;
10982
10983 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
10984 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
10985
10986 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
10987 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10988
10989 staticpro (&Qlatin_1);
10990 Qlatin_1 = intern ("latin-1");
10991
10992 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame);
10993 last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
10994
10995 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10996 &x_use_underline_position_properties,
10997 doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10998 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10999 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11000 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11001 x_use_underline_position_properties = 1;
11002
11003 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11004 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position,
11005 doc: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11006 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11007 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11008 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11009 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11010 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11011 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position = 0;
11012
11013 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars,
11014 doc: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11015 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11016 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11017 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11018 #ifdef USE_MOTIF
11019 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("motif");
11020 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11021 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("xaw3d");
11022 #elif USE_GTK
11023 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("gtk");
11024 #else
11025 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("xaw");
11026 #endif
11027 #else
11028 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qnil;
11029 #endif
11030
11031 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
11032 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;
11033
11034 Qmodifier_value = intern ("modifier-value");
11035 Qalt = intern ("alt");
11036 Fput (Qalt, Qmodifier_value, make_number (alt_modifier));
11037 Qhyper = intern ("hyper");
11038 Fput (Qhyper, Qmodifier_value, make_number (hyper_modifier));
11039 Qmeta = intern ("meta");
11040 Fput (Qmeta, Qmodifier_value, make_number (meta_modifier));
11041 Qsuper = intern ("super");
11042 Fput (Qsuper, Qmodifier_value, make_number (super_modifier));
11043
11044 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym,
11045 doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11046 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11047 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11048 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11049 Vx_alt_keysym = Qnil;
11050
11051 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym,
11052 doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11053 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11054 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11055 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11056 Vx_hyper_keysym = Qnil;
11057
11058 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym,
11059 doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11060 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11061 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11062 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11063 Vx_meta_keysym = Qnil;
11064
11065 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym,
11066 doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11067 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11068 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11069 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11070 Vx_super_keysym = Qnil;
11071
11072 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table,
11073 doc: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11074 Vx_keysym_table = make_hash_table (Qeql, make_number (900),
11075 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE),
11076 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD),
11077 Qnil, Qnil, Qnil);
11078 }
11079
11080 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11081
11082 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11083 (do not change this comment) */